Phonological Book Revised-1

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 379
At a glance
Powered by AI
The book covers various phonological awareness interventions for classroom teachers including letter recognition, letter sounds, rhyming, word families, word parts, blending, and sight word recognition.

The main topics covered in the book include letter recognition, letter sounds, rhyming, word families, word parts, blending, sight word recognition, number recognition, and math problem solving.

Some of the sight words and activities introduced on pages 353-354 include 'small, own, show, hot, far, draw, clean, grow, shall, laugh, together' and the game 'Sight Word War'.

RTI

Phonological Awareness
Interventions for the
Regular Classroom
Teacher
Second Edition

Letter Recognition
Letter Sounds
Rhyming & Word Families
Word Parts & Segmenting
Blending
Sight Word Recognition

Dr. Sherri Dobbs Santos


Copyright 2012 (Second Edition) Dr. Sherri Dobbs Santos
All rights reserved

The classroom teacher may reproduce copies of materials in this book for
classroom use only. The reproduction of any part for an entire school or school
system is strictly prohibited.

ISBN# 978-0-578-02195-9

Special thanks to Janice Miller for her second pair of eyes and her meticulous
editing of this book.

Cover Design by artist Richard Dobbs Jr.


See more of his work at:
www.dobbsart.com

Books by Dr. Sherri Dobbs Santos:


RTI: Speech and Language Interventions for the Regular Classroom Teacher
RTI: Phonological Awareness Interventions for the Regular Classroom Teacher
RTI Intervention Focus: Letter Recognition
RTI Intervention Focus: Letter Sounds
RTI Intervention Focus: Rhyming and Word Families
RTI Intervention Focus: Word Parts and Segmenting
RTI Intervention Focus: Blending
RTI Intervention Focus: Sight Word Recognition
RTI Intervention Focus: Number Recognition
I DO – WE DO – YOU DO: An RTI Intervention for Math Problem Solving Grades 1-5
Benjamin Franklin Biography and Plays
Thomas Jefferson Biography and Plays
Lewis and Clark Biography and Plays
Sacagawea Biography and Plays
Mavis Davis Unlocks the Past

All books available for purchase at www.rtiyoucando.com or at


http://www.lulu.com/spotlight/sherrisantos.

Contact Dr. Sherri Dobbs Santos at: [email protected]

2
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introduction.................................................................................................................................8

What is RTI? ...................................................................................................................................9

Overview ...........................................................................................................................................10

Evidence Based ................................................................................................................................11

Delivery Method & How to Use This Manual .............................................................................14

Where Do I Begin?...........................................................................................................................15

Phonological Awareness Screening Progression Chart............................................................16

Progress Monitoring, Documentation, Graphs, and Data Analysis ........................................17

LETTER RECOGNITION
Overview............................................................................................................................................20

Progress Monitoring .......................................................................................................................21

Let’s Get Started!...........................................................................................................................23

Universal Screening .......................................................................................................................24

Progress Monitoring .......................................................................................................................26

RTI Graphs .......................................................................................................................................30

Lesson Checklist ..............................................................................................................................32

Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets ........................................................................................33

Alphabet Charts.............................................................................................................................36

Intervention Lessons......................................................................................................................39

Letter Cards.....................................................................................................................................54
3
LETTER SOUNDS

Overview............................................................................................................................................60

Progress Monitoring .......................................................................................................................61

Let’s Get Started!...........................................................................................................................63

Universal Screening .......................................................................................................................64

Progress Monitoring .......................................................................................................................66

RTI Graph..........................................................................................................................................68

Supplemental Progress Monitoring and Graphs......................................................................69

Lesson Checklist ..............................................................................................................................75

Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets ........................................................................................76

Alphabet Charts...............................................................................................................................81

Intervention Lessons......................................................................................................................84

Letter/Blends Cards......................................................................................................................116

RHYMING AND WORD FAMILIES

Overview...........................................................................................................................................122

Progress Monitoring .....................................................................................................................123

Let’s Get Started!.........................................................................................................................125

Universal Screening .....................................................................................................................126

Progress Monitoring .....................................................................................................................127

4
RTI Graph........................................................................................................................................130

Lesson Checklist ............................................................................................................................131

Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets ......................................................................................133

Intervention Lessons....................................................................................................................139

Word Family Cards........................................................................................................................173

WORD PARTS AND SEGMENTING

Overview...........................................................................................................................................194

Progress Monitoring .....................................................................................................................195

Let’s Get Started!.........................................................................................................................197

Universal Screening .....................................................................................................................198

Progress Monitoring .....................................................................................................................199

RTI Graph.......................................................................................................................................205

Supplemental Progress Monitoring and Graphs....................................................................206

Lesson Checklist ............................................................................................................................216

Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets ......................................................................................217

Intervention Lessons...................................................................................................................223

Word Family Cards........................................................................................................................173

5
BLENDING

Overview..........................................................................................................................................254

Progress Monitoring ....................................................................................................................255

Let’s Get Started!........................................................................................................................257

Universal Screening .....................................................................................................................258

Progress Monitoring ....................................................................................................................259

RTI Graph.......................................................................................................................................266

Supplemental Progress Monitoring and Graphs....................................................................267

Lesson Checklist ............................................................................................................................291

Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets .....................................................................................292

Intervention Lessons...................................................................................................................295

Word Family Cards........................................................................................................................173

SIGHT WORD RECOGNITION

Overview..........................................................................................................................................316

Progress Monitoring ....................................................................................................................317

Let’s Get Started!........................................................................................................................319

Universal Screening .....................................................................................................................320

Progress Monitoring ....................................................................................................................322

RTI Graph.......................................................................................................................................323

Lesson Checklist ...........................................................................................................................324

6
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets .....................................................................................325

Intervention Lessons...................................................................................................................327

Sight Word Cards........................................................................................................................355

7
INTRODUCTION

When the RTI model was introduced in my school district in 2007, I thought, here we go
again; a new program, new ideas, and a whole new set of acronyms to remember. By the time
RTI came around, I was no longer teaching in the regular classroom. I had been promoted to
the position of Student Support Specialist (SSS) and was to coordinate the Student
Support Team (SST) process at two elementary schools in Henry County, Georgia. Among my
duties as the SSS, I was to assist teachers with students experiencing difficulties in the
classroom, whether it was for academic reasons, behavior concerns, attention issues, speech
difficulties, problems with fine motor coordination, etc. I was to coordinate meetings with
parents, give students screening evaluations, and provide teachers with the support and
materials needed to help their at-risk students. I was also the person who facilitated the
process of referring students for special education testing. I was responsible for collecting
the evidence necessary to make a referral for testing which, in many cases, led to placement
into special education classes. I became quite proficient at establishing procedures, rules,
and guidelines and my teachers were trying their best to provide individualized interventions
for their students at the different tiers outlined in the RTI model. They were willing to try
new techniques and were doing their best to document what they were doing. However,
despite the time I spent researching best practices and reading up on the latest research to
share with them they were struggling, and I felt their frustrations. I had created
“intervention sheets” for my teachers which cited the research and gave a general idea of
how to implement an RTI intervention with a student. Yet, despite my best efforts, my
teachers were still struggling. When listening to their concerns about RTI, it became clear to
me that they needed something more specific. They wanted something that was easy-to-
implement, structured, and actually helped the student. They were begging for specific
lessons and a guide to help them through the RTI process. They didn’t want to have to spend
extra hours searching for materials or researching how to implement interventions. They also
didn’t want to spend extra time creating assessments to evaluate students throughout the
intervention process. My teachers were looking to me for answers and I was under pressure
to give them the solutions they were desperately searching for. That’s when I started
thinking about creating an intervention format that was easy-to-follow, contained lessons
that were both based on the latest research, and also provided the baseline and data point
assessments necessary for progress monitoring. I began with the U.S. Department of
Education Institute of Education Sciences: What Works Clearinghouse website. From the
research studies that either met or met with reservations the “What Works Clearinghouse”
(WWC) evidence standards in the area of phonological awareness training plus letter
knowledge training I created a format of lessons which are user friendly, easy to implement
and easy to document. What follows is the compilation of that research.

8
WHAT IS RTI?
Response to Intervention (RTI) is a multi-tier approach to the early identification and
support of students with learning and behavior needs. The RTI process begins with high-
quality instruction and universal screening of all children in the general education
classroom. Struggling learners are provided with interventions at increasing levels of
intensity to accelerate their rate of learning. These services may be provided by a variety
of personnel, including general education teachers, special educators, and specialists.
Progress is closely monitored to assess both the learning rate and level of performance of
individual students. Educational decisions about the intensity and duration of interventions
are based on individual student response to instruction. RTI is designed for use when
making decisions in both general education and special education, creating a well-
integrated system of instruction and intervention guided by child outcome data. (National
Center for Learning Disabilities, 2008)

RTI MODEL
Each state has adopted an RTI model through which students receive appropriate
interventions based on their individual needs. The diagram below is an example of a four
tier model (from the state of Georgia), however, many states have opted for a three tier
model. For students suspected of having a Specific Learning Disability, an appropriate
intervention must be implemented for a minimum of twelve academic weeks. Monitoring of
the student’s progress throughout the intervention must occur. A baseline assessment
must be given before the intervention begins and at least four data points (assessments)
must be taken throughout the twelve week period (approximately once every three weeks).
The interventions in this manual are designed to be monitored more frequently (weekly or
bi-weekly) and are implemented at the student’s pace for a period of at least 12 weeks.

9
OVERVIEW
This manual consists of six sections, one each for the following phonological areas: Letter
Recognition, Letter Sounds, Rhyming and Word Families, Word Parts and Segmenting,
Blending, and Sight Word Recognition. Each section comes complete with a universal
screening/baseline assessment, progress monitoring/data point assessments, mini-lesson
assessments, intervention lessons, and any necessary supplemental materials such as letter
cards, word cards, or charts. Although the six interventions in this manual can be used for
RTI purposes, they are also models of good teaching practices as is evidenced by research
(see next page). Each intervention is designed to provide the teacher/interventionist with the
tools necessary to improve student achievement in the six target phonological areas. The
timeline for each intervention is 12 weeks with at least three 30-minute intervention lessons
taught per week. Intervention progress monitoring occurs weekly or every other week.
However, the intervention session lessons in this manual are not timed and should be taught in
succession. The student sets the pace according to his/her ability to understand and master
the material. A student may be able to finish two or three lessons in a twenty or thirty minute
time span whereas another student may be able to only complete and master one lesson over a
period of three or four days or even weeks. RTI is an individualized process and is strictly
geared to meet the individual needs of the student. This book is not intended to replace the
regular classroom curriculum and is not comprehensive or exhaustive. The lessons in this
manual should be considered supplemental to what is already being taught in the classroom and
are geared to help fill the learning gaps of struggling students whose weak phonics skills
interfere with their ability to read fluently which then negatively impacts their ability to
comprehend written text. These interventions are intended to strengthen skills through
intensive exposure to basic phonological concepts and each individual lesson should be taught
to mastery. Using sorting, comparing and contrasting activities, repetition, and drill and
practice, these interventions can bring success to those who otherwise would continue to fall
through the cracks by helping build a strong foundation on which higher levels of learning can
occur.

The step-by-step intervention lessons included for each intervention is intended to guide both
teachers and students through the intervention and provide a format through which ideas are
modeled, discussed, explained, and identified. This format also encourages a non-threatening,
open-ended dialogue to occur between teachers and their students. The decision to adjust,
revise, lengthen, or discontinue an intervention should be based on the data collected on a
weekly or bi-weekly basis and should be made in the context of a committee that includes the
teacher, the student’s parents, administrators, counselors, and/or other highly qualified
educational personnel. The student’s RTI should be assessed by looking at how much progress
was made overall and where the student is functioning in relation to the standards set forth
by the state and/or district. Students who make significant progress but who are still
functioning below grade level may simply need more time to catch up. Just because a student
is below grade level does not mean he/she has a disability and is a candidate for special
education. The RTI process is an individualized process and rash decisions concerning a
student’s placement into special education should be avoided at all costs.

10
EVIDENCE BASED
The interventions in this manual were developed and designed using the strongest of five
recommendations cited in the following report:

Gersten, R., Compton, D., Connor, C.M., Dimino, J., Santoro, L., Linan-Thompson, S., and Tilly,
W.D. (2008). Assisting students struggling with reading: Response to Intervention and multi-
tier intervention for reading in the primary grades. A practice guide. (NCEE 2009-4045).
Washington, DC: National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance,
Institute of Education Sciences, U.S. Department of Education. Retrieved from
http://ies.ed.gov/ncee/wwc/publications/practiceguides/.

This report is available on the IES website at http://ies.ed.gov/ncee and


http://ies.ed.gov/ncee/wwc/publications/practiceguides/.

The Institute of Education Sciences (IES) publishes practice guides in education to bring the
best available evidence and expertise to bear on the types of systemic challenges that cannot
currently be addressed by single interventions or programs. Authors of practice guides seldom
conduct the types of systematic literature searches that are the backbone of a meta-analysis,
although they take advantage of such work when it is already published. Instead, authors use
their expertise to identify the most important research with respect to their
recommendations, augmented by a search of recent publications to ensure that research
citations are up-to-date. Unique to IES-sponsored practice guides is that they are subjected
to rigorous external peer review through the same office that is responsible for independent
review of other IES publications. A critical task for peer reviewers of a practice guide is to
determine whether the evidence cited in support of particular recommendations is up-to-date
and that studies of similar or better quality that point in a different direction have not been
ignored. Because practice guides depend on the expertise of their authors and their group
decision-making, the content of
a practice guide is not and should not be viewed as a set of recommendations that in every case
depends on and flows inevitably from scientific research. The goal of this practice guide is to
formulate specific and coherent evidence-based recommendations for use by educators
addressing the challenge of reducing the number of children who fail to learn how to read
proficiently by using “response to intervention” as a means of both preventing reading
difficulty and identifying students who need more help. This is called Response to Intervention
(RtI). The guide provides practical, clear information on critical RtI topics and is based on the
best
available evidence as judged by the panel. Recommendations in this guide should not be
construed to imply that no further research is warranted on the effectiveness of particular
RtI strategies. http://ies.ed.gov/ncee/wwc/publications/practiceguides/.

The expert panel that authored the IES practice guide used the criteria established by the What
Works Clearinghouse to support each recommendation and to determine the level of evidence found
to back them up. The level of strength of evidence found for each recommendation is explained on
the following page: http://ies.ed.gov/ncee/wwc/pdf/practiceguides/rti_reading_pg_021809.pdf
11
Strong: refers to consistent and generalizable evidence that an intervention program causes better
outcomes.

Moderate: refers to evidence from studies that allow strong causal conclusions but cannot be
generalized with assurance to the population on which a recommendation is focused (perhaps
because the findings have not been widely replicated) or to evidence from studies that are
generalizable but have more causal ambiguity than offered by experimental designs (such as
statistical models of correlational data or group comparison designs for which equivalence of
the groups at pretest is uncertain).

Low: refers to expert opinion based on reasonable extrapolations from research and theory on other
topics and evidence from studies that do not meet the standards for moderate or strong evidence.
The Table below shows the panel’s recommendations and corresponding levels of evidence
Level of
Recommendation evidence

1. Screen all students for potential reading problems at the beginning of the year and again in the middle of
Moderate
the year. Regularly monitor the progress of students at risk for developing reading disabilities.
Tier 1 intervention/general education
2. Provide time for differentiated reading instruction for all students based on assessments of students’
Low
current reading level.
Tier 2 intervention
3. Provide intensive, systematic instruction on up to three foundational reading skills in small groups to
students who score below the benchmark score on universal screening. Typically, these groups meet Strong
between three and five times a week, for 20 to 40 minutes.
4. Monitor the progress of tier 2 students at least once a month. Use these data to determine whether
students still require intervention. For those students still making insufficient progress, school wide Low
teams should design a tier 3 intervention plan.
Tier 3 intervention
5. Provide intensive instruction on a daily basis that promotes the development of the various components of
reading proficiency to students who show minimal progress after reasonable time in tier 2 small group Low
instruction (tier 3).

http://ies.ed.gov/ncee/wwc/pdf/practiceguides/rti_reading_pg_021809.pdf

THE INTERVENTIONS IN THIS BOOK WERE CREATED PRIMARILY USING RECOMMENDATION


#3(see table above).

RECOMMENDATION #3
Provide intensive, systematic instruction on up to three foundational reading skills in small groups to
students who score below the benchmark score on universal screening. Typically, these groups meet
between three and five times a week, for 20 to 40 minutes.

The expert panel stated:


Tier 2 instruction should take place in small homogenous groups ranging from three to four
students using curricula that address the major components of reading instruction
(comprehension, fluency, phonemic awareness, phonics, and vocabulary). The areas of instruction
are based on the results of students’ scores on universal screening. Instruction should be

12
systematic—building skills gradually and introducing skills first in isolation and then integrating
them with other skills. Explicit instruction involves more teacher-student interaction, including
frequent opportunities for student practice and comprehensible and specific feedback.
Intensive instruction should occur three to five times per week for 20 to 40 minutes.

Level of evidence: Strong


The panel judged the evidence supporting this recommendation as strong based on 11 studies
that met WWC standards or that met WWC standards with reservations. These studies on
supplemental instruction in reading support tier 2 intervention as a way to improve reading
performance in decoding. Six studies showed positive effects on decoding, and four showed
effects on both decoding and reading comprehension. Six studies involved one-on-one
instruction, and the remainder used small groups ranging from two to five students. Given that
effect sizes were not significantly higher for the one-on-one approach, small group work could
be considered more practical for implementation.

The following are the research citations for the 11 studies noted on the previous page:

Ebaugh, J. C. (2000). The effects of fluency instruction on the literacy development of at-risk
first graders. (Doctoral dissertation, Fordham University, 2000). Dissertation Abstracts
International, 61(06A), 0072

Ehri, L. C., Dreyer, L. G., Flugman, B., & Gross, A. (2007). Reading rescue: An effective tutoring
intervention model for language-minority students who are struggling readers in first grade.
American Educational Research Journal, 44(2), 414–48.

Gibbs, S. E. L. (2001). Effects of a one-to-one phonological awareness intervention on first


grade students identified as at risk for the acquisition of beginning reading. (Doctoral
dissertation, University of South Carolina, 2001). Dissertation Abstracts International,
62(07A), 0202.

Gunn, B., Biglan, A., Smolkowski, K., & Ary, D. (2000). The efficacy of supplemental instruction in
decoding skills for Hispanic and non-Hispanic students in early elementary school. The Journal
of Special Education, 34(2), 90–103.

Jenkins, J. R., Peyton, J. A., Sanders, E. A., & Vadasy, P. F. (2004). Effects of reading decodable
texts in supplemental first-grade tutoring. Scientific Studies of Reading, 8(1), 53–85.

Lennon, J. E., & Slesinski, C. (1999). Early intervention in reading: Results of a screening and
intervention program for kindergarten students. School Psychology Review, 28(3), 353–364.

Mathes, P. G., Denton, C., Fletcher, J., Anthony, J., Francis, D., & Schatschneider, C. (2005).
The effects of theoretically different instruction and student characteristics on the skills of
struggling readers. Reading Research Quarterly, 40(2), 148–182.

13
McMaster, K. L., Fuchs, D., Fuchs, L. S., & Compton, D. L. (2005). Responding to nonresponders:
An experimental field trial of identification and intervention methods. Exceptional Children,
71(4), 445–463.

Vadasy, P. F., Jenkins, J. R., Antil, L. R., Wayne, S. K., & O’Connor, R. E. (1997). The
effectiveness of one-to-one tutoring by community tutors for at-risk beginning readers.
Learning Disability Quarterly, 20(2), 126–139.

Vadasy, P. F., Sanders, E. A., & Peyton, J. A. (2005). Relative effectiveness of reading practice
or word-level instruction in supplemental tutoring: How text matters. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 38(4), 364–380.

Vaughn, S., & Fuchs, L.S. (2006). A response to “Competing views: A dialogue on response to
intervention.” Assessment for Effective Intervention, 32(1), 58–61.

DELIVERY METHOD:
The intervention in this book is most conducive to one-on-one instruction in which the
teacher/tutor works individually with the student. However, this intervention can also
be implemented with a small group of two to four students. If a small group approach
is used, be sure that every student in the group has his/her own set of necessary
materials (letter cards, charts, student sheets, etc.).

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL:


This manual is designed to give teachers the tools necessary to implement an evidence-
based intervention for students struggling with phonological awareness skills. The lessons
walk the teacher, tutor, or interventionist through the steps of implementation and
provide him/her with an easy-to-administer short assessment which tells if the student is
ready to move on to the next lesson or if re-teaching is necessary. TEACHING TO
MASTERY is the goal. The student sets the pace and may spend differing amounts of
times on different lessons. This manual also supplies the teacher, tutor, or interventionist
with the documents needed for universal screening/baseline and data point assessments
and for the graphing of the student’s response to the intervention (RTI).

14
WHERE DO I BEGIN?
UNIVERSAL SCREENINGS/BASELINE ASSESSMENTS

Each of the interventions in this manual include a universal screening assessment (intended
for all students or a select few) as it serves to pinpoint the area(s) of greatest weakness.
If, however, your state or district mandates the use of other universal screening
assessments to assess phonological awareness and/or sight word knowledge, then by all
means use them. Be mindful that the universal screening is given before the intervention
begins and is actually the tool used to determine the student’s area(s) of weakness so that
a plan of action can be decided upon and implemented. In addition, it is noteworthy to state
that the student must complete any screening assessment without assistance so as to get
an accurate picture of where he/she is functioning.

It is the universal screening that alerts the teacher/tutor to the need for further
intervention in a specific area. Other factors may also indicate the need for more intensive
intervention such as poor classroom performance, standardized tests, common formative
assessments, etc. For the purpose of identifying which of the phonological awareness
components a student needs help with, the universal screenings in this manual should be
given in sequential order starting with the most basic element; letter recognition, and
ending with the most complex element; blending or sight word recognition. Although sight
word recognition isn’t a true phonological skill, it is included in this manual because
many students need intensive focus on those basic high frequency words most seen in
printed text. If a student meets the cut score or goal score on the five phonological
awareness screenings yet falls below standards in sight word recognition, then the
intervention may start with sight word recognition rather than phonological awareness.
However, if through the progression of the universal screenings it becomes clear that an
intervention is needed for a specific element then stop screening and begin intervening at
that point. Reference the chart on the next page for the order in which the screening
assessments are to be administered.

15
PHONOLOGICAL AWARENESS SCREENING PROGRESSION CHART
ELEMENT RESULTS OF UNIVERSAL SCREENING NEXT STEP
Student does not recognize all 52 capital and STOP SCREENING
Letter
lowercase letters as is evidenced by the Letter Begin the Letter Recognition
Recognition Recognition Universal Screening. intervention.

Student does recognize all 52 capital and CONTINUE SCREENING


Letter
lowercase letters as is evidenced by the Letter Continue on to the next screening
Recognition Recognition Universal Screening. assessment (Letter Sounds).

Student does not know all 61 letter sounds and STOP SCREENING
Letter Sounds blends as is evidenced by the Letter Sounds Begin the Letter Sounds
Universal Screening. intervention.
CONTINUE SCREENING
Student does know all 61 letter sounds and
Continue on to the next screening
Letter Sounds blends as is evidenced by the Letter Sounds
assessment (Rhyming and Word
Universal Screening.
Families).
Student scores below a predetermined criterion
Rhyming & Word (established by the teacher, school, or district) STOP SCREENING
Begin the Rhyming and Word
Families on the Rhyming and Word Families Universal
Screening. Families intervention.

CONTINUE SCREENING
Student scores at or above the cut score
Rhyming & Word Continue on to the next screening
(predetermined) on the Rhyming and Word
Families Families Universal Screening.
assessment (Word Parts and
Segmenting).
Student scores below a predetermined criterion
STOP SCREENING
Word Parts and (established by the teacher, school, or district)
Begin the Word Parts and
Segmenting on the Word Parts and Segmenting Universal
Segmenting intervention.
Screening.
Student scores at or above the cut score CONTINUE SCREENING
Word Parts and
(predetermined) on the Word Parts and Continue on to the next screening
Segmenting Segmenting Universal Screening. assessment (Blending).
Student scores below a predetermined criterion
STOP SCREENING
Blending (established by the teacher, school, or district)
Begin the Blending intervention.
on the Blending Universal Screening.
CONTINUE SCREENING
Student scores at or above the cut score (as
Continue on to the next screening
Blending predetermined) on the Blending Universal
assessment (Sight Word
Screening.
Recognition).
Student scores below a predetermined criterion
STOP SCREENING
Sight Word (established by the teacher, school, or district)
Begin the Sight Word
Recognition on the Sight Word Recognition Universal
Recognition intervention.
Screening.
NO INTERVENTIONS ARE
Student scores at or above the cut score (as NEEDED IN THE AREAS OF
Sight Word
predetermined) on the Sight Word Recognition PHONOLOGICAL AWARENESS
Recognition Universal Screening. or SIGHT WORD
RECOGNITION

16
PROGRESS MONITORING

In order to ascertain whether or not the chosen intervention is effective, data should be
gathered on a weekly or bi-weekly basis (specified in the intervention directions) through
progress monitoring data point assessments. As with the universal screening, the student
must complete the progress monitoring data point assessments without assistance. All data
point assessments can be scored directly on the corresponding recording sheets provided
to you in this manual. It is worthy to note that the universal screening/baseline
assessments are identical to the weekly data point assessments. This gives the
educator/assessor a simple way to collect data as well as creates a format that is easy to
read and analyze. Because of the continuity among the assessments, the educator/assessor
will essentially be comparing ‘oranges to oranges’ which allows for a more accurate picture
of how the student is progressing throughout the intervention.

PROGRESS MONITORING DOCUMENTATION, GRAPHS, AND DATA ANALYSIS

For the purpose of data analysis for any of the interventions in this manual, a graph will be
needed to record the data from the universal screening/baseline assessment and each data
point assessment (provided in this manual). Graphs are an easy-to-read ‘snap shot’ of how
the student performs each week and are an excellent tool to use when looking at overall
progress and effectiveness of an intervention. The data should be analyzed weekly rather
than at the end of the 12 weeks so that changes or adjustments to the intervention may be
made DURING the 12 week period. Each section in this manual includes a sample RTI
intervention graph for a particular element to illustrate what data may look like after
several weeks of intervention. Careful examination of the data collected each week must
occur (preferably in the context of a data analysis team) in order to adequately assess the
effectiveness of the intervention and to pinpoint new or continued areas of weakness. This
on-going weekly review of the data is crucial and should be the catalyst which drives future
instruction for the struggling student.

17
18
LETTER
RECOGNITION

19
LETTER RECOGNITION OVERVIEW
Once it is determined that a student needs this intervention (as evidenced on the Universal
Screening: Letter Recognition Assessment), make a copy of the appropriate pages (listed
on the “Letter Recognition Let’s Get Started!” page) including the “Letter Recognition
Lesson Checklist.” Use the checklist to check off when each lesson was taught and when it
was mastered. Do not move forward to a new lesson until the student has mastered the
lesson he/she is currently on. Also, to assess the student’s response to the intervention, be
sure to monitor his/her progress weekly throughout the twelve-week implementation period
using the Progress Monitoring Assessments (regardless of which lesson he/she is currently
working on). If a student completes all of the Letter Recognition lessons within two to six
weeks, he/she still needs to be assessed for at least 2 additional weeks past the point of
mastery so as to rule out “lucky guesses” or a fluke with the assessment showing said
mastery, If the student has truly MASTERED the Letter Recognition Intervention before
the 12-week intervention period ends (as evidenced by the Progress Monitoring: Letter
Recognition Assessments), it would be prudent to move on to an intervention which focuses
on more complex concepts such as letter sounds, rhyming and word families, segmenting and
word parts, or blending. Be sure to collect baseline data before beginning any new
intervention.

The mini- assessments that are a part of the individual lessons are NOT to be used as data
point assessments or the universal screening/baseline. The purpose of those assessments is
to assist the teacher, tutor, or interventionist in knowing whether or not the student has
or has not mastered a particular lesson. The overall timeline for the intervention is 12
weeks with at least three 30-minute sessions occurring each week. However, the
intervention session lessons in this manual are not timed and should be taught in succession.
The student sets the pace according to his/her ability to understand and master the
material. A student may be able to finish two or three lessons in a twenty or thirty minute
time span whereas another student may be able to only complete and master one lesson over
a period of three or four days or even weeks. RTI is an individualized process and is strictly
geared to meet the individual needs of the student. This book is not intended to replace
the regular classroom curriculum and is not comprehensive or exhaustive. The lessons in
this manual should be considered supplemental to what is already being taught in the
classroom and are geared to help fill the learning gaps of struggling students whose weak
phonics skills interfere with their ability to read fluently which then negatively impacts
their ability to comprehend written text. This intervention is intended to strengthen skills
through intensive exposure to basic phonological concepts and each individual lesson should
be taught to mastery. Using sorting, comparing and contrasting activities, repetition, and
drill and practice, this intervention can bring success to those who otherwise would
continue to fall through the cracks by helping build a strong foundation on which higher
levels of learning can occur.

20
PROGRESS MONITORING
As stated before, in order to ascertain whether or not the Letter Recognition intervention in
this manual is effective, data should be gathered on a weekly basis through the progress
monitoring assessments. As with the universal screening, the student must complete the
progress monitoring assessments without extra prompts or assistance. All progress
monitoring assessments can be scored directly on the corresponding recording sheets
provided to you in this manual. It is worthy to note that the universal screening/baseline
assessments are identical to the weekly progress monitoring assessments in both format and
structure. This gives the educator/assessor a simple way to collect data as well as creates a
format that is easy to read and analyze. Because of the continuity among the assessments,
the educator/assessor will essentially be comparing ‘oranges to oranges’ which allows for a
more accurate picture of how the student is progressing throughout the intervention.

PROGRESS MONITORING DOCUMENTATION, GRAPH, AND DATA ANALYSIS For


the purpose of data analysis for the Letter Recognition intervention, a graph will be needed
to record the data from the universal screening/baseline assessment and each progress
monitoring assessment. Graphs are an easy-to-read ‘snap shot’ of how the student performs
each week and are an excellent tool to use when looking at overall progress and
effectiveness of an intervention. The data should be analyzed weekly rather than at the end
of the 12 weeks so that changes or adjustments to the intervention may be made DURING
the 12 week period. The graph below is an example of what an RTI intervention graph may
look like after the 11th week of a Letter Recognition intervention. Careful examination of the
data collected each week must occur (preferably in the context of a data analysis team) in
order to adequately assess the effectiveness of the intervention and to pinpoint areas of
weakness. This on-going weekly review of the data is crucial and should be the catalyst
which drives future instruction for the struggling student.

SAMPLE GRAPH FOR STUDENT ‘X’ :


Capital Letter & Lowercase Letter Recognition Combined
50

40

30
Student Score

20

10

0
US/B
DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
L
Date 8/7 8/14 8/21 8/28 9/4 9/18 9/25 10/2 10/9 10/16 10/16 10/23
Student Score 1 2 5 7 9 8 14 16 23 25 28 30
Goal* 2 5 8 11 14 17 22 27 33 39 44 48 52

21
What does the sample graph on the previous page tell us about Student ‘X’? According to the
universal screening/baseline assessment (given 8-7-11) the student was only able to identify 1 out
of 52 lowercase and capital letters. The intervention focused on letter recognition and after 11
weeks of intervention, Student ‘X’ has made progress but has yet to master all 52 of the letters
needed to move forward with higher level skills. One decline in the number of letters known was
noted (on 9-18-11) but Student ‘X’s growth line overall steadily increased. At the end of the 11th
week of intervention, Student ‘X’ can now recognize 30 of the 52 lowercase and capital letters.
Student ‘X’ has responded well to the intervention. Additional time with the same intervention
would be the logical recommendation for this student until mastery of all 52 letters has been
obtained.

SPECIAL NOTE:
Progress Monitoring Assessments of ONLY capital letter recognition and ONLY lowercase letter
recognition are included in this manual to give the teacher/interventionist the option of
documenting each case separately. To assess and document all 52 letters, simply give the student
both assessments each week and tabulate the totals from the two data recording sheets.

22
Let’s Get Started!

To implement the Letter Recognition intervention in this manual, make a copy


of the following pages for each student in the intervention group:

 Universal Screening Letter Recognition Assessment Recording Sheet (p. 24)


 Universal Screening Letter Recognition Student Assessment Sheet (p. 25)
 Progress Monitoring Data Point Assessments:
o Capital Letter Recognition Recording Sheet (p. 26)
o Capital Letters Student Assessment Sheet (p. 27)
o Lowercase Letter Recognition Recording Sheet (p. 28)
o Lowercase Letters Student Assessment Sheet (p. 29)

(Special Note: If progress monitoring of capital letter recognition is the only focus, then copy
pages 26 & 27. If progress monitoring of lowercase letters is the only focus then copy pages
28 & 29. However, if the focus is to assess and document all 52 letters [capital and
lowercase], simply give the student both assessments each week and tabulate the totals from
the two data recording sheets [pages 26 & 28]).

 RTI Graphs:
o Capital Letter Recognition RTI Graph (top of p. 30)
o Lowercase Letter Recognition RTI Graph (bottom of p. 30)
o Capital AND Lowercase Letter Recognition RTI Graph (p. 31)

(Special Note: As stated above concerning the data point assessments, if progress monitoring
of capital letter recognition is the only focus, then copy page 30 and plot the data points on
the top graph. If progress monitoring of lowercase letters is the only focus then copy page 30
and plot the data points on the bottom graph. However, if the focus is to assess and
document all 52 letters [capital and lowercase], simply give the student both assessments each
week and tabulate the totals from the two data recording sheets from pages 26 & 28 and plot
the overall results on the graph on page 31).

 Letter Recognition Lesson Checklist (p. 32)


 Letter Recognition Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet (pp. 33-35)
 Capital Letter Alphabet Chart (p. 36)
 Lowercase Letter Alphabet Chart (p. 37)
 Alphabet Chart Capital & Lowercase Combined (p. 38)

If needed, the letter cards on pages 54-57 can be copied and cut out to use
for intervention sessions.

23
Universal Screening
Letter Recognition Assessment Recording Sheet
CAPITAL & LOWERCASE LETTERS
Directions: have the student read from the “Letter Recognition: Student Sheet” as you mark correct responses on this screening sheet.
Place a √ under each letter the student can confidently and accurately identify. If a student spends more than five seconds on a
particular letter, have him/her skip that letter and move on to the next one. DO NOT provide the student with the correct response.
Allow the student a total of TWO MINUTES to read the letters.
Date: __________________

CAPITAL LETTERS
D I B J H N

Q G S U E V

O A P W Y F

K Z C T L M

X R Total capital letters correct: (out of 26)

LOWERCASE LETTERS
e j m l b g

a n k r t q

h s v d y w

u x f o i z

p c Total lowercase letters correct: (out of 26)

Grand Total correct out of 52 (both capital and lowercase):

24
Universal Screening Letter Recognition Student Assessment Sheet
To be used for the Universal Screening Assessment
Read Across
CAPITAL LETTERS

D I B J H N
Q G S U E V
O A P W Y F
K Z C T L M
X R
LOWERCASE LETTERS

e j m l b g
a n k r t q
h s v d y w
u x f o i z
p c
25
Progress Monitoring
Capital Letter Recognition Recording Sheet
Student Name: Grade: Teacher:
Directions: Have the student read from the “Capital Letters Student Assessment Sheet” as you mark correct responses on this data sheet.
Place a √ under each letter the student can confidently and accurately identify. If a student spends more than five seconds on a particular
letter, have him/her skip that letter and move on to the next one. DO NOT provide the student with the correct response. Allow the student
a total of TWO MINUTES to read the letters.
Baseline/Universal Screening (Capital Letters Only): (Date: ) Total # Correct: (out of 26)
D I B J H N Q G S U E V O A P W Y F K Z C T L M X R

Data Point #1: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _


H N C M I D L U T A J S Z K B E Y R V X F Q W O P G

Data Point #2: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _


I M D L B Q V J U R G N Y E T O W H X A P Z K S C F

Data Point #3: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _


E J R T C Q S H P D O Z F I K B X G W Y U L N V M A

Data Point #4: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _


P A S B U C O D T E N F Y G M W L X K V J R I Z Q H

Data Point #5: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _


A C E G J L P S W V M O U X R Y Z N T Q K H F I D B

Data Point #6: (Date: ) Total # Correct:


J P H O X C U I N T A Y K F Q B W V R L Z E S D G M

Data Point #7: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _


K L M Q R C B A S I T J H G Y Z U V X W F E D N O P

Data Point #8: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _


G E N J O F R U P C W H Q I Z X A S Y M B L V T K D

Data Point #9: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _


L O R V K U X M H E C S A I G B Z T D W Y N P F Q J

Data Point #10: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _


H K D O S Z F L C Y P U V Q X G W T B R E J M I A N

Data Point #11: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _


B I A F K E R J V Q D Y C Z L H U W G N S M X P T O

Data Point #12: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _


I D F E P M U S Z A H R V G Y K T X J Q B N W C O L

26
Capital Letters Student Assessment Sheet
(TWO MINUTE ASSESSMENT)
Data Point 1:

H N C M I D L U T A J S Z K B E Y R V X F Q W O P G

Data Point 2:

I M D L B Q V J U R G N Y E T O W H X A P Z K S C F

Data Point 3:

E J R T C Q S H P D O Z F I K B X G W Y U L N V M A

Data Point 4:

P A S B U C O D T E N F Y G M W L X K V J R I Z Q H

Data Point 5:

A C E G J L P S W V M O U X R Y Z N T Q K H F I D B

Data Point 6:

J P H O X C U I N T A Y K F Q B W V R L Z E S D G M

Data Point 7:

K L M Q R C B A S I T J H G Y Z U V X W F E D N O P

Data Point 8:

G E N J O F R U P C W H Q I Z X A S Y M B L V T K D

Data Point 9:

L O R V K U X M H E C S A I G B Z T D W Y N P F Q J

Data Point 10:

H K D O S Z F L C Y P U V Q X G W T B R E J M I A N

Data Point 11:

B I A F K E R J V Q D Y C Z L H U W G N S M X P T O

Data Point 12:

I D F E P M U S Z A H R V G Y K T X J Q B N W C O L

27
Progress Monitoring
Lowercase Letter Recognition Recording Sheet
Student Name: ________________________________ Grade: ______ Teacher: ____________
Directions: Have the student read from the Lowercase Letters Student Assessment Sheet (going across each row) as you mark
correct responses on this data sheet. Place a √ under each letter the student can confidently and accurately identify. If a student
spends more than five seconds on a particular letter, have him/her skip that letter and move on to the next on the list. DO NOT
provide the student with the correct response.
Baseline/Universal Screening (Lowercase Letters Only): (Date: ) Total # Correct: _ (out of 26)
e j m l b g a n k r t q h s v d y w u x f o i z p c

Data Point #1: (Date: ) Total # Correct:


g m b s w p t h a o c f y l z i x e v k q u r n d j

Data Point #2: (Date: ) Total # Correct:


a f j q v m r l y u k z c g d h w s n p o t x i e b

Data Point #3: (Date: ) Total # Correct:


m q c n r h a w y e s f g p z v j b o t k x d u l i

Data Point #4: (Date: ) Total # Correct:


l j p e n b r m q a w s v z t g d c x u y f o i h k

Data Point #5: (Date: ) Total # Correct:


m n l o k p j q i r h s g t f u e v d w c x b y a z

Data Point #6: (Date: ) Total # Correct:


o s m u a n d c t k w b l r v h i f p e j z g y x q

Data Point #7: (Date: ) Total # Correct:


n p w s o r x q a z k t l u e j d b c y f i v g h m

Data Point #8: (Date: ) Total # Correct:


g q x c n h v b o r d p l i e s z f m a y j u w t k

Data Point #9: (Date: ) Total # Correct:


h r e o c s a p b v d q f u g t i y j n w m z k x l

Data Point #10: (Date: ) Total # Correct:


s v x o g n m h c l k t b p r i a q d e f j w z y u

Data Point #11: (Date: ) Total # Correct:


t u w i b z a q v h r g y p j n x s k c d m e l f o

Data Point #12: (Date: ) Total # Correct:


c i n a r u q z b k d o j y s g w p l x f t v h m e

28
Lowercase Letters Student Assessment Sheet
(TWO MINUTE ASSESSMENT)
Data Point 1:

g m b s w p t h a o c f y l z i x e v k q u r n d j

Data Point 2:

a f j q v m r l y u k z c g d h w s n p o a f j q v

Data Point 3:

m q c n r h a w y e s f g p z v j b o t k x d u m q

Data Point 4:

l j p e n b r m q a w s v z t g d c x u y l j p e n

Data Point 5:

m n l o k p j q i r h s g t f u e v d w c m n l o k

Data Point 6:

o s m u a n d c t k w b l r v h i f p e j o s m u a

Data Point 7:

n p w s o r x q a z k t l u e j d b c y f n p w s o

Data Point 8:

g q x c n h v b o r d p l i e s z f m a y g q x c n

Data Point 9:

h r e o c s a p b v d q f u g t i y j n w h r e o c

Data Point 10:

s v x o g n m h c l k t b p r i a q d e f s v x o g

Data Point 11:

t u w i b z a q v h r g y p j n x s k c d t u w i b

Data Point 12:

c i n a r u q z b k d o j y s g w p l x f c i n a r

29
RTI GRAPHS
Capital Letter Recognition
Student Name: _____________________________ Grade: ___ Teacher: _________
On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each Capital
Letter Recognition assessment given. *Establish goal line before intervention begins.

Capital Letter Recognition


26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
Student Score

17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
Goal* 26

Lowercase Letter Recognition


On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each Lowercase
Letter Recognition assessment given. *Establish goal line before intervention begins.

Lowercase Letter Recognition


26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
Student Score

17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
Goal* 26

30
Capital Letter & Lowercase Letter Recognition Combined
Student Name: _____________________________ Grade: ___ Teacher: _________
On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for both Capital
Letter and Lowercase Letter Recognition (combined) assessments given. *Establish goal line before intervention
begins.

Capital Letter & Lowercase Letter Recognition Combined


52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
Student Score

28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
Goal* 52

31
Letter Recognition Lesson Checklist
Student Name: ____________________________ Grade: _____ Teacher: _________

Date(s) lesson Date lesson


Name of was taught was mastered
Lesson
Lesson 1: Sorting Letters by Characteristics
(long stick letters)
Lesson 2: Sorting Letters by Characteristics
(short
stick
Lessonletters)
3: Sorting Letters by Characteristics
(letters
with circles)
Lesson 4: Sorting Letters by Characteristics
(letters
with curves)
Lesson 5: Name Puzzle

Lesson 6: Sorting Capital Letters

Lesson 7: Sorting Lowercase Letters

Lesson 8: Sorting Capital and Lowercase Letters

Lesson 9: Alphabetical Order (using capital


letters only)
Lesson 10: Alphabetical Order (using lowercase
letters only)
Lesson 11: Alphabetical Order (using both capital
and lowercase letters)

Lesson 12: Alphabet Olympics

Lesson 13: Sorting by Consonants and Vowels

Lesson 14: Alphabet Review

32
Letter Recognition Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet
Student Name: _____________________________ Grade: ___ Teacher: _________
Use these sheets to record the results of each intervention lesson in order to ascertain whether or not
mastery of the content has been achieved.
Lesson 1: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (long stick letters)
Assessment: Place a ‘√’ under each letter that the student can consistently locate WITHOUT assistance. The
student has mastered this lesson if he/she can locate ALL 10 long-stick letters without hesitation from a
complete pile of all 26 lowercase letters.
Date mastered: ______________
b d f h k l p q t y

Lesson 2: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (short stick letters)


Assessment: Place a ‘√’ under each letter that the student can consistently locate WITHOUT assistance. The
student has mastered this lesson if he/she can locate ALL 9 short stick letters without hesitation from a
complete pile of all 26 lowercase letters.
Date mastered: _______________
i m n r u v w x z

Lesson 3: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (letters with circles)


Assessment: Place a ‘√’ under each letter that the student can consistently locate WITHOUT assistance. The
student has mastered this lesson if he/she can locate ALL 8 letters with circles without hesitation from a
complete pile of all 26 lowercase letters.
Date mastered: ________________
a b d e g o p q

Lesson 4: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (letters with curves)


Assessment: Place a ‘√’ under each letter that the student can consistently locate WITHOUT assistance.
The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can locate ALL letters with curves without hesitation from a
complete pile of all 26 lowercase letters.
Date mastered: ________________
c e f h j m n r s u

Lesson 5: Name Puzzle


Assessment: Place a ‘√’ under either YES or NO after answering each question in the questionnaire. The
student has mastered this lesson if he/she can place the pieces in order correctly, can state the name of each
letter as it is put together, and can consistently do it at least ten times in a row WITHOUT assistance.
Assessment Questionnaire: Date mastered: ________________
YES NO
Can the student place the pieces of his/her name in order without assistance?
Can the student correctly state the name of each letter as he/she places them in order?
Can the student complete the puzzle and correctly state the name of each letter consistently
at least ten times in a row without assistance?

33
Lesson 6: Sorting Capital Letters
Assessment: Place a ‘√’ under each letter that the student can consistently locate and identify WITHOUT
assistance. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can locate and state the name of ALL 26 capital
letters without hesitation from a complete pile of all 26 capital letters. Special Note: Assess student by
calling letters out in random order. Do not go in alphabetical order.
Date mastered: ___________________
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Lesson 7: Sorting Lowercase Letters


Assessment: Place a ‘√’ under each letter that the student can consistently locate and identify WITHOUT
assistance. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can locate and state the name of ALL 26 lowercase
letters without hesitation from a complete pile of all 26 capital letters. Special Note: Assess student by
calling letters out in random order. Do not go in alphabetical order.
Date mastered: ___________________
a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z

Lesson 8: Sorting Capital and Lowercase Letters


Assessment: Place a ‘√’ under each letter that the student can consistently locate and identify WITHOUT
assistance. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can locate and state the name of ALL 26 capital
letters and all 26 lowercase letters without hesitation from a complete pile of all 52 letters (capital plus
lowercase). Special Note: Assess student by calling letters out in random order. Do not go in alphabetical
order. Date mastered: ___________________
A a B b C c D d E e F f G g H h I i J j K k L l M m

N n O o P p Q q R r S s T t U u V v W w X x Y y Z z

Lesson 9: Alphabetical Order (using capital letters only)


Assessment: Place a ‘√’ under either YES or NO after answering each question in the questionnaire. The
student has mastered this lesson if he/she can place ALL 26 capital letters in alphabetical order consistently
without assistance.
Assessment Questionnaire: Date mastered: _________________
YES NO
Can the student place all 26 capital letters in alphabetical order without assistance?
Can the student correctly state the name of each letter as he/she places them in order?
Can the student answer random questions concerning the order in which letters come? (i.e., “What is
the 5th letter of the alphabet?”, “What letter comes before ‘S’?, “What letter comes after ‘B’?”, etc.)

Lesson 10: Alphabetical Order (using lowercase letters only)


Assessment: Place a ‘√’ under either YES or NO after answering each question in the questionnaire. The
student has mastered this lesson if he/she can place ALL 26 lowercase letters in alphabetical order
consistently without assistance.
Assessment Questionnaire: Date mastered: ________________
YES NO
Can the student place all 26 lowercase letters in alphabetical order without assistance?
Can the student correctly state the name of each letter as he/she places them in order?
Can the student answer random questions concerning the order in which letters come? (i.e., “What is
the 5th letter of the alphabet?”, “What letter comes before ‘S’?, “What letter comes after ‘B’?”, etc.)

34
Lesson 11: Alphabetical Order (using both capital and lowercase letters)
Assessment: Place a ‘√’ under either YES or NO after answering each question in the questionnaire. The
student has mastered this lesson if he/she can place ALL 52 capital and lowercase letters in alphabetical
order consistently without assistance and can accurately state the name and case for each letter without
hesitation.
Assessment Questionnaire: Date mastered: ________________
YES NO
Can the student place all 52 capital and lowercase letters in alphabetical order without assistance?
Can the student correctly state the name and case of each letter as he/she places them in order?
Can the student answer random questions concerning the order in which letters come? (i.e., “What is
the 3rd letter of the alphabet?”, “What letter comes before ‘v’?, “What letter comes after ‘M’?”, etc.)

Lesson 12: Alphabet Olympics


Assessment: Place a ‘√’ under either YES or NO after answering each question in the questionnaire. The
student has mastered this lesson if he/she can automatically and consistently state the names of all letters in
a variety of ways. Special Note: Allow the student to look at a simple alphabet chart to complete these tasks.
Assessment Questionnaire: Date mastered: ________________
YES NO
Can the student say the letters of the alphabet in alphabetical order without hesitation?
Can the student say the letters of the alphabet in backwards order without hesitation?
Can the student say every other letter of the alphabet without hesitation beginning with the letter ‘A’?
Can the student say every other letter of the alphabet without hesitation beginning with the letter ‘B’?

Can the student say every lowercase letter that has long sticks without hesitation?
Can the student say every lowercase letter that has short sticks without hesitation?
Can the student say every lowercase letter that has a circle without hesitation?
Can the student say every lowercase letter that has a curve without hesitation?

Lesson 13: Sorting by consonants and vowels


Assessment: Place a ‘√’ under each letter the student can consistently and accurately identify as being either
a consonant or a vowel. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can automatically and accurately state
whether a particular letter is a consonant or a vowel. Special Note: Assess student by pointing to letters in
random order. Do not go in alphabetical order.
Date mastered: ___________________
A a B b C c D d E e F f G g H h I i J j K k L l M m

N n O o P p Q q R r S s T t U u V v W w X x Y y Z Z

Lesson 14: Alphabet Review


Assessment: Place a ‘√’ under either YES or NO after answering each question in the questionnaire. The
student has mastered this lesson if he/she can automatically and consistently state the names of all letters,
state each letter’s case (capital or lowercase), and state whether the letter is a consonant or a vowel.
Assessment Questionnaire: Date mastered: ________________
YES NO
Can the student say the letters of the alphabet without hesitation when presented in random order?
Can the student identify the case of the letters of the alphabet without hesitation when presented in random
order?
Can the student identify and state whether a letter is a consonant or a vowel when presented in random order?
Can the student ‘spell’ words from a written text without hesitation?

35
Capital Letter Alphabet Chart

A B C D E
F G H I J
K L M N O
P Q R S T
U V W X Y
Z

36
Lowercase Letter Alphabet Chart

a b c d e
f g h i j
k l m n o
p q r s t
u v w x y
z

37
Alphabet Chart (Capital & Lowercase Combined)

Aa Bb Cc Dd Ee
Ff Gg Hh Ii Jj
Kk Ll Mm Nn Oo
Pp Qq Rr Ss Tt
Uu Vv Ww Xx Yy
Zz

38
Letter Recognition
Intervention Lessons

Use the following 14 lessons to guide you


through the letter recognition intervention.
Remember, the intervention is individualized to
the student’s needs and must be implemented
at the student’s pace. Don’t move to a new
lesson until mastery of the current lesson is
achieved. Teaching to MASTERY is the goal.

To determine whether or not mastery of each


lesson has been achieved, use the ‘Letter
Recognition Mini-Assessments Recording
Sheets’ (pages 33-35) to measure the
student’s proficiency before beginning a new
lesson.

39
Letter Recognition: Lesson 1

Lesson Name: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (long stick letters)


**THIS ACTIVITY USES LOWERCASE LETTERS ONLY**

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between letters with long


sticks versus letters without long sticks by paying attention to details or shapes of the
letters. The student practices sorting those letters using letter manipulatives (magnetic
letters, foam letters, letter cards, letter tiles, etc.).

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that each letter has its own characteristics. Some letters
are tall (‘t’), some are short (‘c’), some are wide (‘m’), some are thin (‘l’), some have curves
(‘s’), some have only straight lines (‘k’), etc. Show the student the letter ‘l’ and explain
that it is characterized by one long stick. Also show the student the letter ‘p’. Have the
student point to the long stick on the letter ‘p’.

STEP TWO: Model how to find other letters with long sticks from among a pile of other
letters (limit the number of different letters for inexperienced learners). Make sure
that ONLY lowercase letters are in the pile of letters. As the student finds long-stick
letters, state the name of the letter and have the student repeat.

STEP THREE: Continue until all long-stick letters have been found (b, d, f, h, k, l, p, q, t, y)

STEP FOUR: Have student sort the target letters from a pile and place them on a sheet
or card with the words “long stick letters”.

STEP FIVE: Continue activity until the student can find all long stick letters without
hesitation.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Recognition Mini-Assessment’ sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until
mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

40
Letter Recognition: Lesson 2

Lesson Name: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (short stick letters)


**THIS ACTIVITY USES LOWERCASE LETTERS ONLY**

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between letters with short


sticks versus letters without short sticks by paying attention to details or shapes of the
letters. The student practices sorting those letters using letter manipulatives (magnetic
letters, foam letters, letter cards, letter tiles, etc.).

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that each letter has its own characteristics. Some letters
are tall (‘t’), some are short (‘c’), some are wide (‘m’), some are thin (‘l’), some have curves
(‘s’), some have only straight lines (‘k’), etc. Show the student the letter ‘n’ and explain
that it is characterized by one short stick and a curve. Also show the student the letter
‘m’. Explain that it too has a short stick. Have the student point to the short stick on the
letter ‘m’.

STEP TWO: Model how to find other letters with short sticks from among a pile of other
letters (limit the number of different letters for inexperienced learners). Make sure
that ONLY lowercase letters are in the pile of letters. As the student finds short stick
letters, state the name of the letter and have the student repeat.

STEP THREE: Continue until all short stick letters have been found (i, m, n, r, u, v, w, x, z)

STEP FOUR: Have student sort the target letters from a pile and place them on a sheet
or card with the words “short stick letters”.

STEP FIVE: Continue activity until the student can find all short stick letters without
hesitation.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Recognition Mini-Assessment’ sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until
mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

41
Letter Recognition: Lesson 3

Lesson Name: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (letters with circles)


**THIS ACTIVITY USES LOWERCASE LETTERS ONLY**

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between letters with circles


versus letters without circles by paying attention to details or shapes of the letters. The
student practices sorting those letters using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters, foam
letters, letter cards, letter tiles, etc.).

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that each letter has its own characteristics. Some letters
are tall (‘t’), some are short (‘c’), some are wide (‘m’), some are thin (‘l’), some have curves
(‘s’), some have only straight lines (‘k’), etc. Show the student the letter ‘o’ and explain
that it is characterized by one small circle. Also show the student the letter ‘p’. Explain
that it too has a circle. Have the student point to the circle on the letter ‘p’.

STEP TWO: Model how to find other letters with circles from among a pile of other
letters (limit the number of different letters for inexperienced learners). Make sure
that ONLY lowercase letters are in the pile of letters. As the student finds letters with
circle, state the name of the letter and have the student repeat.

STEP THREE: Continue until all letters with circles have been found (a, b, d, e, g, o, p, q)

STEP FOUR: Have student sort the target letters from a pile and place them on a sheet
or card with the words “letters with circles”.

STEP FIVE: Continue activity until the student can find all circle letters without
hesitation.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Recognition Mini-Assessment’ sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until
mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

42
Letter Recognition: Lesson 4

Lesson Name: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (letters with curves)


**THIS ACTIVITY USES LOWERCASE LETTERS ONLY**

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between letters with curves


versus letters without curves by paying attention to details or shapes of the letters. The
student practices sorting those letters using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters, foam
letters, letter cards, letter tiles, etc.).

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that each letter has its own characteristics. Some letters
are tall (‘t’), some are short (‘c’), some are wide (‘m’), some are thin (‘l’), some have curves
(‘s’), some have only straight lines (‘k’), etc. Show the student the letter ‘n’ and explain
that it is characterized by one small stick and one hump (which is a curved line). Also show
the student the letter ‘c’. Explain that it has a curve. Have the student point to the curve
on the letter ‘c’.

STEP TWO: Model how to find other letters with curves from among a pile of other
letters (limit the number of different letters for inexperienced learners). Make sure
that ONLY lowercase letters are in the pile of letters. As the student finds letters with
curves, state the name of the letter and have the student repeat.

STEP THREE: Continue until all letters with curves have been found (c, e, f, h, j, m, n, r, s, u)

STEP FOUR: Have student sort the target letters from a pile and place them on a sheet
or card with the words “letters with curves”.

STEP FIVE: Continue activity until the student can find all curved letters without
hesitation.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Recognition Mini-Assessment’ sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until
mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

43
Letter Recognition: Lesson 5

Lesson Name: Name Puzzle

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student recognizes, identifies, and names the


letters in his/her first name.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that he/she will learn the letters in his/her first
name.
Write the student’s name on an index card or sheet of paper in large letters. State
the name of each letter as it is written and have the student repeat.

STEP TWO: Use scissors to cut the letters apart and place the pieces in front of
the student. Have the student put his/her name together while stating each letter
in order. Assist student as needed. If necessary, model how to put the student’s
name together.

STEP THREE: Show student how to mix the letters up and have student put the
name puzzle together again. Repeat this step until the student can put the puzzle
together and can say the names of each letter without assistance.

STEP FOUR: Ask questions about the student’s name such as: “What is the first
letter of your name?”, “How many letters are in your name?”, “Do you have a ‘b’ in
your name?”, etc.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson
has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the
‘Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment’ sheet. If the student has mastered this
lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

44
Letter Recognition: Lesson 6

Lesson Name: Sorting Capital Letters

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between two or more capital


letters by paying attention to details or shapes of the letters. The student practices
sorting those letters using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, letter tiles, etc.).

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Choose one capital letter (or two or three letters for advanced students) on
which to focus. Write the target letter on the board, a chart, whiteboard, piece of paper,
or card, and state its name. Have student repeat.

STEP TWO: Model how to find the target letter among a pile of other letters (limit the
number of different letters for inexperienced learners). Move the target letter away
from the pile and instruct the student to find more of the target letter in the pile. Have
the student say the name of the letter each time he/she finds one.

STEP THREE: Repeat step TWO with the second or third focus letter (if student is able
to handle more than one target letter at a time).

STEP FOUR: Have student sort the target letters from a pile and place them on a sheet
or card with that letter written on it. Have the student say the name of each target
letter as he/she places it on the sheet or card.

STEP FIVE: Continue activity with other letters until all 26 letters have been focused
on.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Recognition Mini-Assessment’ sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until
mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

45
Letter Recognition: Lesson 7

Lesson Name: Sorting Lowercase Letters

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between two or more


lowercase letters by paying attention to details or shapes of the letters. The student
practices sorting those letters using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters, foam
letters, letter cards, letter tiles, etc.).

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Choose one lowercase letter (or two or three letters for advanced
students) on which to focus. Write the target letter on the board, a chart,
whiteboard, piece of paper, or card, and state its name. Have student repeat.

STEP TWO: Model how to find the target letter among a pile of other letters (limit
the number of different letters for inexperienced learners). Move the target letter
away from the pile and instruct the student to find more of the target letter in the
pile. Have the student say the name of the letter each time he/she finds one.

STEP THREE: Repeat step TWO with the second or third focus letter (if student is
able to handle more than one target letter at a time).

STEP FOUR: Have student sort the target letters from a pile and place them on a
sheet or card
with that letter written on it. Have the student say the name of each letter as
he/she places it on the sheet or card.

STEP FIVE: Continue activity with other letters until all 26 letters have been
focused on.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson
has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the
‘Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment’ sheet. If the student has mastered this
lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

46
Letter Recognition: Lesson 8

Lesson Name: Sorting Capital and Lowercase Letters

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between capital and


lowercase letters by paying attention to details or shapes of the letters. The
student practices sorting those letters using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters,
foam letters, letter cards, letter tiles, etc.).

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that this lesson is a follow-up lesson to the previous
two lessons. Explain that he/she will find letters and will identify them as being
either capital or lowercase.

STEP TWO: Say the name of a letter and have the student find the capital
representation as well as the lowercase representation. Have student state which is
which.

STEP THREE: Continue in the same manner until all letters have been found and
identified.

STEP FOUR: Have student find specific letters such as ‘capital F’ or ‘lowercase ‘n’ to
ensure understanding of the two cases.

STEP FIVE: Continue activity until student can locate and identify all letters (both
capital and lowercase) without hesitation.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson
has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the
‘Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment’ sheet. If the student has mastered this
lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

47
Letter Recognition: Lesson 9

Lesson Name: Alphabetical Order (using capital letters only)

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns that the letters of the alphabet
come in a special order call ‘alphabetical order’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that the letters of the alphabet come in a specific order
called ‘alphabetical order’. Show student how the letters of the alphabet go in a particular
order by using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, etc.).
For this lesson use only capital letters. State the name for each letter as it is placed in
order. Have student repeat or state the letter chorally.

STEP TWO: Mix the letters up and have the student help you put them back in order.
Tell the student that the name of the order is “Alphabetical Order.” Have student repeat
the words “Alphabetical Order.”

STEP THREE: Continue mixing up letters and assisting the student with placing the
capital letters in alphabetical order. As the student becomes more confident, reduce the
amount of assistance until the student can complete the task without any assistance at
all.

STEP FOUR: Once the student is able to place all capital letters in alphabetical order
independently ask him/her questions such as: “What letter comes after ‘F’?”, “Which two
letters come after ‘S’?” etc.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson
has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the
‘Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment’ sheet. If the student has mastered this
lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

48
Letter Recognition: Lesson 10

Lesson Name: Alphabetical Order (using lowercase letters only)

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns that the letters of the alphabet
come in a special order call ‘alphabetical order’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that the letters of the alphabet come in a specific order
called ‘alphabetical order’. Show student how the letters of the alphabet go in a particular
order by using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, etc.).
For this lesson use only lowercase letters. State the name for each letter as it is placed
in order. Have student repeat or state the letter chorally.

STEP TWO: Mix the letters up and have the student help you put them back in order.
Tell the student that the name of the order is “Alphabetical Order.” Have student repeat
the words “Alphabetical Order.”

STEP THREE: Continue mixing up letters and assisting the student with placing the
lowercase letters in alphabetical order. As the student becomes more confident, reduce
the amount of assistance until the student can complete the task without any assistance
at all.

STEP FOUR: Once the student is able to independently place all lowercase letters in
alphabetical order ask him/her questions such as: “What letter comes after ‘t’?”, “Which
two letters come after ‘d’?” etc.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson
has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the
‘Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment’ sheet. If the student has mastered this
lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

49
Letter Recognition: Lesson 11

Lesson Name: Alphabetical Order (using both capital and lowercase letters)

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns that the letters of the alphabet
come in a special order call ‘alphabetical order’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that the letters of the alphabet come in a specific
order called ‘alphabetical order’. Show student how the letters of the alphabet go in a
particular order by using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, etc.). For this lesson use both capital and lowercase letters. State the name for
each letter as it is placed in order. Place the letters with the capital appearing first
followed by its lowercase counterpart. Have student repeat or state the letters
chorally. Have student state whether the letter is capital or lowercase. (i.e., “Capital A,
lowercase a, capital B, lowercase b, capital C, lowercase c, etc.)

STEP TWO: Mix the letters up and have the student help you put them back in order.
Tell the student that the name of the order is “Alphabetical Order.” Have student
repeat the words “Alphabetical Order.”

STEP THREE: Continue mixing up letters and assisting the student with placing ALL
capital and lowercase letters in alphabetical order. As the student becomes more
confident, reduce the amount of assistance until the student can complete the task
without any assistance at all.

STEP FOUR: Once the student is able to independently place ALL capital and
lowercase letters in alphabetical order ask him/her questions such as: “What letter
comes after ‘w’?”, “Which two letters come after ‘l’?” etc.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Recognition Mini-Assessment’ sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on
to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until
mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

50
Letter Recognition: Lesson 12

Lesson Name: Alphabet Olympics

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student practices saying the names of the


letters of the alphabet in a variety of ways using a simple alphabet chart.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that he/she will practice saying the alphabet letters
in many different ways. Show student an alphabet chart.

STEP TWO: Point to each letter in order and have the student say the name of each
letter. Provide assistance when student falters but reduce help once the student
becomes more confident. Tell student that he/she just stated all of the letters in
alphabetical order.

STEP THREE: Explain to student that he/she will now say the letters of the
alphabet backwards starting with the letter ‘Z’. Point to each letter as the student
reads them going backward.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that he/she will now read every other letter of the
alphabet. Point to every other letter as the student orally states them. If necessary,
have the student clap his/her hands to represent the letters being skipped. Also
have the student say every other letter beginning with the letter ‘B’.

STEP FIVE: Have student say the names of letters using the following criteria:
 all letters with long sticks (lowercase only)
 all letters with short stick (lowercase only)
 all letters with circles (lowercase only)
 all letters with curves (lowercase only)

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson
has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the
‘Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment’ sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat
lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

51
Letter Recognition: Lesson 13

Lesson Name: Sorting by Consonants and Vowels

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between consonant and


vowel letters and practices sorting those letters using letter manipulatives (magnetic
letters, foam letters, letter cards, letter tiles, etc.).

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that there is another way to sort the letters of the
alphabet. Show the student a simple alphabet chart and tell him/her that all of the
letters fall into one of two categories. Each letter is either a consonant or a vowel.
Have student say the words ‘consonant’ and ‘vowel’.

STEP TWO: Point to the letters ‘a’, ‘e’, ‘i’, ‘o’, and ‘u’ and explain that those letters are
called vowels. Tell student that all of the other letters are consonants. Special note:
for the purpose of sorting, the letter ‘y’ will be considered a consonant for this lesson.

STEP THREE: Repeat step TWO until the student has memorized that the letters ‘a, e,
i, o, and u’ are vowels.

STEP FOUR: Using a simple alphabet chart, point to random letters and have the
student state whether that letter is a consonant or a vowel. Practice this step until
the student can state which is which without hesitation. Use the alphabet chart when
assessing the student.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Recognition Mini-Assessment’ sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on
to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until
mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

52
Letter Recognition: Lesson 14

Lesson Name: Alphabet Review

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student practices locating, identifying, and


saying the names of the letters of the alphabet using a variety of methods (alphabet
chart, letter manipulatives or flashcards, and newspaper or book print).

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that he/she will practice saying the alphabet letters
using an alphabet chart. Show student an alphabet chart and point to random letters.
Have student say the name of each letter, the case of each letter (capital or
lowercase), and whether the letter is a consonant or a vowel.

STEP TWO: Using letter manipulatives or flashcards, quiz the student on his/her
letter knowledge. As each letter is shown have student say its name, its case (capital
or lowercase), and whether it is a consonant or a vowel.

STEP THREE: Using a newspaper or a book, point to random letters and have the
student say their names. Also have the student state the letter’s case and whether it
is a consonant or a vowel.

STEP FOUR: Using the same books or newspapers, have student ‘show off’ his/her
letter expertise by having him/her spell out random words found in the text. Give the
student a high five or a pat on the back for being able to easily say the letters found
in words!

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson
has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the
‘Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment’ sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson,
then he/she has successfully completed the Letter Recognition Intervention and may
move on to more complex skills such as letter sounds, rhyming, segmenting, or
blending. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery
has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

53
Capital Letter Cards
Copy these sheets and cut out each square to use as letter manipulatives if other manipulatives are not available (such as
letter flashcards, magnetic letters, foam letters, etc.)

A B C
D E F
G H I
J K L
54
M N O
P Q R
S T U
V W X
Y Z
55
Lowercase Letter Cards
These sheets can be used as letter manipulatives if other manipulatives are not available (such as letter
flashcards, magnetic letters, foam letters, etc.)

a b c
d e f
g h i
j k l
56
m n o
p q r
s t u
v w x
y z
57
58
LETTER
SOUNDS

59
LETTER SOUNDS OVERVIEW
Once it is determined that a student needs this intervention (as evidenced on the
Universal Screening: Letter Sounds Assessment), make a copy of the appropriate pages
(listed on the “Letter Sounds Let’s Get Started!” page) including the “Letter Sounds Lesson
Checklist.” Use the checklist to check off when each lesson was taught and when it was
mastered. Do not move forward to a new lesson until the student has mastered the lesson
he/she is currently on. Also, to assess the student’s response to the intervention, be sure
to monitor his/her progress weekly throughout the twelve-week implementation period
using the Progress Monitoring Assessments (regardless of which lesson he/she is
currently working on). If a student completes all of the Letter Sounds lessons within two
to six weeks, he/she still needs to be assessed for at least 2 additional weeks past the
point of mastery so as to rule out “lucky guesses” or a “fluke” with the assessment showing
said mastery, If the student has truly MASTERED the Letter Sounds Intervention before
the 12-week intervention period ends (as evidenced by the Progress Monitoring: Letter
Sounds Assessments), it would be prudent to move on to an intervention which focuses on
more complex concepts such as rhyming and word families, segmenting and word parts, or
blending. Be sure to collect baseline data before beginning any new intervention.

The mini- assessments that are a part of the individual lessons are NOT to be used as data
point assessments or the universal screening/baseline. The purpose of those assessments is
to assist the teacher, tutor, or interventionist in knowing whether or not the student has
or has not mastered a particular lesson. The overall timeline for the intervention is 12
weeks with at least three 30-minute sessions occurring each week. However, the
intervention session lessons in this manual are not timed and should be taught in succession.
The student sets the pace according to his/her ability to understand and master the
material. A student may be able to finish two or three lessons in a twenty or thirty minute
time span whereas another student may be able to only complete and master one lesson over
a period of three or four days or even weeks. RTI is an individualized process and is strictly
geared to meet the individual needs of the student. This book is not intended to replace
the regular classroom curriculum and is not comprehensive or exhaustive. The lessons in
this manual should be considered supplemental to what is already being taught in the
classroom and are geared to help fill the learning gaps of struggling students whose weak
phonics skills interfere with their ability to read fluently which then negatively impacts
their ability to comprehend written text. This intervention is intended to strengthen skills
through intensive exposure to basic phonological concepts and each individual lesson should
be taught to mastery. Using sorting, comparing and contrasting activities, repetition, and
drill and practice, this intervention can bring success to those who otherwise would
continue to fall through the cracks by helping build a strong foundation on which higher
levels of learning can occur.

60
PROGRESS MONITORING
As stated before, in order to ascertain whether or not the Letter Sounds intervention in
this manual is effective, data should be gathered on a weekly basis through the progress
monitoring assessments. As with the universal screening, the student must complete the
progress monitoring assessments without extra prompts or assistance. All progress
monitoring assessments can be scored directly on the corresponding recording sheets
provided to you in this manual. It is worthy to note that the universal screening/baseline
assessments are identical to the weekly progress monitoring assessments in both format
and structure. This gives the educator/assessor a simple way to collect data as well as
creates a format that is easy to read and analyze. Because of the continuity among the
assessments, the educator/assessor will essentially be comparing ‘oranges to oranges’
which allows for a more accurate picture of how the student is progressing throughout
the intervention.

PROGRESS MONITORING DOCUMENTATION, GRAPH, AND DATA ANALYSIS For


the purpose of data analysis for the Letter Sounds intervention, a graph will be needed
to record the data from the universal screening/baseline assessment and each progress
monitoring assessment. Graphs are an easy-to-read ‘snap shot’ of how the student
performs each week and are an excellent tool to use when looking at overall progress and
effectiveness of an intervention. The data should be analyzed weekly rather than at the
end of the 12 weeks so that changes or adjustments to the intervention may be made
DURING the 12 week period. The graph below is an example of what an RTI intervention
graph may look like after the 11th week of the Letter Sounds intervention. Careful
examination of the data collected each week must occur (preferably in the context of a
data analysis team) in order to adequately assess the effectiveness of the intervention
and to pinpoint areas of weakness. This on-going weekly review of the data is crucial and
should be the catalyst which drives future instruction for the struggling student.

SAMPLE GRAPH FOR STUDENT ‘X’ :


60
50
Letter Sounds Recognition

40
30
20
Student Score

10
0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date 8/7 8/14 8/21 8/28 9/4 9/18 9/25 10/2 10/9 10/16 10/16 10/23
Student Score 0 3 6 8 7 9 12 16 19 25 27 31
Goal* 2 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

61
What does the sample graph on the previous page tell us about Student ‘X’? According
to the universal screening/baseline assessment (given 8-7-11) the student was not able
to identify any of the 60 letter sounds (consonants, blends, and vowels). The
intervention focused on letter sounds and after 11 weeks of intervention, student “X’
has made progress but has yet to master all 60 of the sounds needed to move forward
with higher level skills. One decline in the number of sounds known was noted (on 9-4-
11) but Student ‘X’s growth-line overall steadily increased. At the end of the 11th week
of intervention, Student ’X’ now knows 30 of the 60 letter/blends sounds. Student ‘X’
has responded reasonably well to the intervention. Additional time with the same
intervention with more intensity may be the recommendation for this student until
mastery of all 60 sounds has been obtained.

SPECIAL NOTE:
Progress Monitoring Assessments of beginning letter sounds, ending letter sounds, and
middle vowel sounds are also included in this manual to give the teacher/interventionist
the option of documenting more specific skills. To assess and document all 60 letter
and blended sounds, simply give the student the letter sounds (all consonants,
consonant blends, and vowels) assessments each week.

62
Let’s Get Started!

To implement the Letter Sounds intervention in this manual, copy the


following pages for each student in the intervention group:

 Universal Screening Letter Sounds Assessment Recording Sheet (p. 64)


 Letter Sounds Student Assessment Sheet (p. 65)
 Progress Monitoring: Letter Sounds: Consonants, Consonant Blends, & Vowels Assessment
(pp. 66 & 67)
 RTI Graph Letter Sounds (all consonants, consonant blends, and vowels) (p. 68)
 Letter Sounds Lesson Checklist (p. 75)
 Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (pp. 76-80)
 Alphabet Chart (if needed) (p. 81)
 Letter Sounds and Blends Chart (if needed) (p. 82)
 Vowels Chart (if needed) (p. 83)

*SPECIAL NOTE: If more detailed letter sound data is needed or warranted, copy
one or more of the following:
o Supplemental Progress Monitoring (Letter Sounds: beginning sounds only) (p. 69)
o Supplemental RTI Graph (Letter Sounds: beginning sounds only) (p. 70)
o Supplemental Progress Monitoring (Letter Sounds: ending sounds only) (p. 71)
o Supplemental RTI Graph (Letter Sounds: ending sounds only) (p. 72)
o Supplemental Progress Monitoring (Letter Sounds: middle vowel sounds only) (p. 73)
o Supplemental RTI Graph (Letter Sounds: middle vowel sounds only) (p. 74)

If needed, the letter/blends cards on pages 116-119 can be copied and cut
out to use for intervention sessions.

63
Universal Screening
Letter Sounds Assessment Recording Sheet
CONSONANTS, CONSONANT BLENDS, & VOWELS

Student Name: ____________________________Grade: ____ Teacher: ________________


Have the student read from the Letter Sounds Student Sheet (going across each row) as you mark correct responses
on this data sheet. Place a √ under each letter or letter combination the student can confidently and accurately
pronounce. If a student spends more than five seconds on a particular letter or letter combination, have him/her skip
that one and move on to the next one. DO NOT provide the student with the correct response.
Date: _____________
f j m w z p

l b s k r g

t x v c n d

h y bl cl fl gl

pl sl br cr dr fr

gr pr tr sc sk sm

sn sp st sw scr spl

spr squ str qu ch sh

th (voiced) th (unvoiced) ph ū ĭ ă

ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī

Total # Correct _______ (Total # Possible = 60)

64
Letter Sounds
Student Assessment Sheet
To be used for the Universal Screening & all Data Point assessments
Read Across Directions: Say the SOUND each letter or groups of letters make

f j m w z p
l b s k r g
t x v c n d
h y bl cl fl gl
pl sl br cr dr fr
gr pr tr sc sk sm
sn sp st sw scr spl
spr squ str qu ch sh
th th ph ū ĭ ă
ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī
65
Progress Monitoring
Letter Sounds: Consonants, Consonant Blends, & Vowels Assessment
Student Name: ________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ________________
Directions: Have the student read from the Letter Sounds Student Assessment Sheet (going across each row) as you mark correct
responses on this data sheet. Place a √ under each letter sound the student can confidently and accurately identify. If a student
spends more than five seconds on a particular sound, have him/her skip that sound and move on to the next on the list. DO NOT
provide the student with the correct response.
Baseline/Universal Screening: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ (out of 60)
f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y

bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw

scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī

Data Point #1: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ (out of 60)
f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y

bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw

scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī

Data Point #2: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ (out of 60)
f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y

bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw

scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī

Data Point #3: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ (out of 60)
f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y

bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw

scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī

Data Point #4: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ (out of 60)
f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y

bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw

scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī

Data Point #5: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ (out of 60)
f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y

bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw

scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī

Data Point #6: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ (out of 60)
f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y

bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw

scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī

66
Progress Monitoring: Letter Sounds (con’t)
Student Name: ________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ________________

Data Point #7: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ (out of 60)
f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y

bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw

scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī

Data Point #8: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ (out of 60)
f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y

bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw

scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī

Data Point #9: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ (out of 60)
f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y

bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw

scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī

Data Point #10: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ (out of 60)
f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y

bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw

scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī

Data Point #11: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ (out of 60)
f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y

bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw

scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī

Data Point #12: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ (out of 60)
f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y

bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw

scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī

67
RTI GRAPH
Letter Sounds
(all consonants, consonant blends, and vowels)

Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________


On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) score and all data point (DP) scores for
each Letter Sounds Assessment (all consonants, consonant blends, & vowels). *Establish goal line before
intervention begins.

Letter Sounds (all consonants, consonant blends, & vowels)


60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
Student Score

33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
Goal* 60

68
Supplemental Progress Monitoring
Letter Sounds (beginning sounds only)
(Only use if supplemental assessments are needed)
Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Directions: Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student state the sound at the beginning of the word (Example: flag =
/fl/, sit = /s/). Place a check under each correct response.
Baseline/Universal Screening: (Date: ____________)
open candle ride grave thick river brake quake handle pain

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 1: (Date: ____________)
plant apple bunk mend jump needle crank start lamp yesterday

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 2: (Date: ____________)
hose kite bright work cold pumpkin spider brook trophy nothing

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 3: (Date: ____________)
flag west substitute blanket sofa pillow carpet jelly night dog

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 4: (Date: ____________)
drag volt frog classic lake sound slide elephant gear great

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 5: (Date: ____________)
shop umbrella icy trip bag window speak ham race legs

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 6: (Date: ____________)
money veal bought cross kiss least cease nip ghost tick

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 7: (Date: ____________)
igloo ape harry lion egg plop extreme jam glisten blue

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 8: (Date: ____________)
zeal cot inn operation hospital stove pencil tray tile chip

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 9: (Date: ____________)
sunny popcorn ashtray alligator crocodile coat dance blind round hind

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 10: (Date: ____________)
fox vex name grade cart pout middle blank every even

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 11: (Date: ____________)
party neighbor used just brother sister zoo beast plastic magic

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 12: (Date: ____________)
freeze ivy angel kick poke rope anteater under pal lemon

Total # Correct: _____


69
Supplemental RTI GRAPH
Letter Sounds (beginning sounds only)
(Only use if supplemental assessments are needed)

Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each
Letter Sounds (beginning sounds only) assessment given. *Establish goal line before intervention begins.

Letter Sounds (beginning sounds only)


10

6
Student Score

0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
Goal* 10

70
Supplemental Progress Monitoring
Letter Sounds (ending sounds only)
(Only use if supplemental assessments are needed)
Student Name: _____________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Directions: Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student state the sound at the end of the word (Example: log = /g/,
boat = /t/). Place a check under each correct response.
Baseline: (Date: ____________)
cup tank west Monday bulb fun came bag have puff

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 1: (Date: ____________)
key vine yes wagon hair nail great lob fox little

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 2: (Date: ____________)
dead well track quiet deer magic zip church push town

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 3: (Date: ____________)
doze flame lake rest open rat north plate fork glass

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 4: (Date: ____________)
orange we pencil map wham heart job half trip now

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 5: (Date: ____________)
wish first pew tax bay quit rile clip jive near

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 6: (Date: ____________)
board building teacher leaf note mouse brave boxes pass fresh

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 7: (Date: ____________)
egg bird tree nest flower pollen smell wind rain warm

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 8: (Date: ____________)
hospital book page medicine time doctor grass window rule bear

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 9: (Date: ____________)
pox blew queen vice wick munch king yellow cloud castle

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 10: (Date: ____________)
heart stop wheel bleed rig beef crust kill fur shore

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 11: (Date: ____________)
sled brag hope trust josh plus vim fix quick group

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 12: (Date: ____________)
island vine knife mouth giant shoes back gum high jump

Total # Correct: _____

71
Supplemental RTI GRAPH
Letter Sounds (ending sounds only)
(Only use if supplemental assessments are needed)

Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each
Letter Sounds (ending sounds only) assessment given. *Establish goal line before intervention begins.

Letter Sounds (ending sounds only) RTI Graph


10

6
Student Score

0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
Goal* 10

72
Progress Monitoring
Letter Sounds (middle vowel sounds only)
Student Name: ____________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Directions: Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student state the vowel sound in the middle of the word. Also
have the student state whether the vowel sound is a short sound or a long sound (Example: pit = /ĭ/ short vowel). Place checks
under each correct response (each word has two answers: 1) identifying the vowel sound and 2) stating whether it is a long or
short vowel sound).
Universal Screening/Baseline: (Date: _____________) Total # Correct ____
pine rot huge rug bone

Data Point #1: (Date: _____________) Total # Correct ____


mind gave tack rib vent

Data Point #2: (Date: _____________) Total # Correct ____


mule mile cat web fright

Data Point #3: (Date: _____________) Total # Correct ____


send nose jump pit box

Data Point #4: (Date: _____________) Total # Correct ____


truck bank hive rose pen

Data Point #5: (Date: _____________) Total # Correct ____


band mend sign plus pole

Data Point #6: (Date: _____________) Total # Correct ____


kick bag nudge mode safe

Data Point #7: (Date: _____________) Total # Correct ____


vote track just poke bop

Data Point #8: (Date: _____________) Total # Correct ____


men rock tax frame blind

Data Point #9: (Date: _____________) Total # Correct ____


crime pane fast nest jot

Data Point #10: (Date: _____________) Total # Correct ____


flute bunch grape wind vine

Data Point #11: (Date: _____________) Total # Correct ____


cent zone quit gripe hush

Data Point #12: (Date: _____________) Total # Correct ____


fox clock note tan pipe

73
RTI GRAPH
Letter Sounds (middle vowel sounds only)
(Only use if supplemental assessments are needed)

Student Name: ____________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for
each Letter Sounds (middle vowel sounds only) assessment given. *Establish goal line before
intervention begins.

Letter Sounds (middle vowel sounds only)


10

6
Student Score

0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
Goal* 10

74
Letter Sounds Lesson Checklist
Student Name: _________________________
Date(s) lesson Date lesson
Name of Lesson was taught was mastered
Lesson 1: Hearing Consonant Sounds /b/, /f/, /m/
Lesson 2: Hearing Consonant Sounds /d/, /l/, /s/
Lesson 3: Hearing Consonant Sounds /p/, /r/, /t/
Lesson 4: Hearing Consonant Sounds /h/, /j/, /v/
Lesson 5: Hearing Consonant Sounds /k/, /g/ (soft), /z/
Lesson 6: Hearing Consonant Sounds /c/ (hard), /g/ (hard),
/w/
Lesson 7: Hearing Consonant Sounds /c/ (soft), /x/, /y/
Lesson 8: Hearing Consonant Sounds Review
Lesson 9: Hearing ‘l’ Blends bl, cl, fl, gl, pl, sl
Lesson 10: Hearing ‘r’ Blends br, cr, dr, fr, gr, pr, tr
Lesson 11: Hearing ‘s’ Blends sc, sk, sm, sn, sp, st, sw
Lesson 12: Hearing Three Letter Blends scr, spl, spr, squ,
str
Lesson 13: Hearing Special Sounds ch, sh, th (voiced), th
(unvoiced), ph, qu
Lesson 14: Hearing Blends and Special Sounds Review
Lesson 15: Writing Consonant Letters
Lesson 16: Writing Consonant Blends and Special Sounds
Lesson 17: Saying Consonant Letter Sounds
Lesson 18: Saying Sounds for Consonant Blends and Special
Sounds
Lesson 19: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ă
Lesson 20: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ĕ
Lesson 21: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ĭ
Lesson 22: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ŏ
Lesson 23: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ŭ
Lesson 24: Distinguishing Short Vowel Sounds From Each
Other
Lesson 25: Writing Short Vowel Letters
Lesson 26: Saying Short Vowel Sounds
Lesson 27: Distinguishing Long Vowel Sounds From Each
Other
Lesson 28: Writing Long Vowel Letters
Lesson 29: Saying Long Vowel Sounds
Lesson 30: Distinguishing Between Short Vowels and Long
Vowels
Lesson 31: Letter Sounds Review

75
Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet (p. 1)
Student Name: ____________________________ Grade: ___ Teacher: _____________

Lesson 1: Hearing Consonant Sounds /b/, /f/, /m/


Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each letter that the student can consistently
point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she
can accurately point to the correct letter consistently without assistance. /b/ /f/ /m/
Date mastered:
Lesson 2: Hearing Consonant Sounds /d/, /l/, /s/
Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each letter that the student can consistently
point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she
can accurately point to the correct letter consistently without assistance. /d/ /l/ /s/
Date mastered:
Lesson 3: Hearing Consonant Sounds /p/, /r/, /t/
Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each letter that the student can consistently
point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she
can accurately point to the correct letter consistently without assistance. /p/ /r/ /t/
Date mastered:
Lesson 4: Hearing Consonant Sounds /h/, /j/, /v/
Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each letter that the student can consistently
point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she
can accurately point to the correct letter consistently without assistance. /h/ /j/ /v/
Date mastered:
Lesson 5: Hearing Consonant Sounds /k/, /g/ (soft), /z/
Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each letter that the student can consistently
point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she
can accurately point to the correct letter consistently without assistance. /k/ /g/ (soft) /z/
Date mastered:
Lesson 6: Hearing Consonant Sounds /c/ (hard), /g/ (hard), /w/
Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each letter that the student can consistently
point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she
can accurately point to the correct letter consistently without assistance. /c/ (hard) /g/ (hard) /w/
Date mastered:
Lesson 7: Hearing Consonant Sounds /c/ (soft), /x/, /y/
Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each letter that the student can consistently
point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she
can accurately point to the correct letter consistently without assistance.
/c/ (soft) /g/ /y/
Date mastered:
Lesson 8: Hearing Consonant Sounds Review
Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ under each letter that the student can consistently
point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she
can accurately point to the correct letter consistently without assistance.

/b/ /c/ (hard) /c/ (soft) /d/ /f/ /g/ (hard) /g/ (soft) /h/ /j/ /k/ /l/ /m/

/n/ /p/ /r/ /s/ /t/ /v/ /w/ /x/ /y/ Date mastered:

76
Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet (p. 2)
Student Name: ____________________________ Grade: ___ Teacher: _____________

Lesson 9: Hearing ‘l’ Blends bl, cl, fl, gl, pl, sl


Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each blend the student can consistently point
to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can
accurately point to the correct blend consistently without assistance. bl cl fl
gl pl sl
Date mastered:

Lesson 10: Hearing ‘r’ Blends br, cr, dr, fr, gr, pr, tr
Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each blend the student can consistently point
to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can
accurately point to the correct blend consistently without assistance.
br cr dr fr
gr pr tr
Date mastered:
Lesson 11: Hearing ‘s’ Blends sc, sk, sm, sn, sp, st, sw
Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each blend the student can consistently point
to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can
accurately point to the correct blend consistently without assistance.
sc sk sm sn
sp st sw
Date mastered:

Lesson 12: Hearing Three Letter Blends scr, spl, spr, squ, str
Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each blend the student can consistently point
to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can
accurately point to the correct blend consistently without assistance. scr spl spr
squ str
Date mastered:

Lesson 13: Hearing Special Sounds ch, sh, th (voiced), th (unvoiced), ph, qu
Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each special sound the student can
consistently point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this
lesson if he/she can accurately point to the correct special sound consistently without assistance.

ch sh th (voiced)
th (unvoiced) ph qu
Date mastered:

Lesson 14: Hearing Blends and Special Sounds Review


Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ under each blend or special sound the student can
consistently point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this
lesson if he/she can accurately point to the correct blend or special sound consistently without assistance.

bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm

sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ qu str ch sh th (voiced) th (unvoiced) Ph

Date mastered:
77
Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet (p. 3)
Student Name: ____________________________ Grade: ___ Teacher: _____________

Lesson 15: Writing Consonant Letters


Use the following chart to assess this lesson. Place a ‘√’ under each letter the student can consistently write
after hearing its sound pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately write the
correct letter consistently without assistance.
b c (hard) c (soft) d f g (hard) g (soft) h j k l m n

p r s t v w x y z Date mastered:

Lesson 16: Writing Consonant Blends and Special Sounds


Use the following chart to assess this lesson. Place a ‘√’ under each blend or special sound the student can
consistently write after hearing its sound pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can
accurately write the correct blend or special sound letter combination without assistance. Special Note: Make
sure the student understands that the blends ‘sc’ and ‘sk’ make the same sound and should be written as a pair
for that sound.
bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm

sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ qu str ch sh th (voiced) th (unvoiced) Ph

Date mastered:

Lesson 17: Saying Consonant Letter Sounds


Use the following chart to assess this lesson. Place a ‘√’ under each letter as the student consistently says its
sound after seeing the letter in print (both capital and lowercase). The student has mastered this lesson if
he/she can accurately say the correct letter sound without assistance.
A a B b C c D d E e F f G g H h I i J j K k L l M m N n O o

P p Q q R r S s T t U u V v W w X x Y y Z z Date mastered:

Lesson 18: Saying Sounds for Consonant Blends and Special Sounds
Use the following chart to assess this lesson. Place a ‘√’ under each blend or special sound as the student
consistently says its sound after seeing it in printed form. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can
accurately say the correct sound for each blend or special letter combination without assistance.
bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm

sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ qu str ch sh th (voiced) th (unvoiced) Ph

Date mastered:

Lesson 19: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ă


Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to the letter ‘ă’ each time he/she is able to
distinguish it from a consonant letter sound. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately
point to the letter ă consistently without assistance at least 10 times. ă
Date mastered:
78
Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet (p. 4)
Student Name: ____________________________ Grade: ___ Teacher: _____________
Lesson 20: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ĕ
Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to the letter ‘ĕ’ each time he/she is able to
distinguish it from a consonant letter sound. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately
point to the letter ĕ consistently without assistance at least 10 times. ĕ
Date mastered:
Lesson 21: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ĭ
Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to the letter ‘ĭ’ each time he/she is able to
distinguish it from a consonant letter sound. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately
point to the letter ĭ consistently without assistance at least 10 times. ĭ
Date mastered:
Lesson 22: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ŏ
Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√ next to the letter ‘ŏ’ each time he/she is able to
distinguish it from a consonant letter sound. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately
point to the letter ŏ consistently without assistance at least 10 times. ŏ
Date mastered:
Lesson 23: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ŭ
Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to the letter ‘ŭ’ each time he/she is able to
distinguish it from a consonant letter sound. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately
point to the letter ŭ consistently without assistance at least 10 times. ŭ
Date mastered:
Lesson 24: Distinguishing Short Vowel Sounds from Each Other
Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each short vowel letter each time the student
is able to distinguish it from the other short vowel sounds. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can
accurately point to the correct vowel consistently without assistance at least 10 times.
ă ŏ
ĕ ŭ
ĭ Date mastered:

Lesson 25: Writing Short Vowel Letters


Use the following chart to assess this lesson. Place a ‘√’ next to each letter the student can consistently write
after hearing its sound pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately write the
correct letter consistently without assistance. Special Note: Make sure the student writes each letter with
the breve symbol (the ‘smiley’ above each letter) to signify the short sound for that letter.
ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ Date mastered:

Lesson 26: Saying Short Vowel Sounds


Use the following chart to assess this lesson. Place a ‘√’ under each vowel as the student consistently says its
sound after seeing it in printed form. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately say the
correct sound for each vowel without assistance.
ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ Date mastered:

Lesson 27: Distinguishing Long Vowel Sounds from Each Other


Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each long vowel letter each time the student
is able to distinguish it from the other long vowel sounds. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can
accurately point to the correct vowel consistently without assistance at least 10 times.
ă ŏ
ĕ ŭ
ĭ Date mastered:
79
Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet (p. 5)
Student Name: ____________________________ Grade: ___ Teacher: _____________

Lesson 28: Writing Long Vowel Letters


Use the following chart to assess this lesson. Place a ‘√’ next to each letter the student can consistently write
after hearing its sound pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately write the
correct letter consistently without assistance.
ā ē ī ō ū Date mastered:

Lesson 29: Saying Long Vowel Sounds


Use the following chart to assess this lesson. Place a ‘√’ next to each vowel as the student consistently says its
sound after seeing it in printed form. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately say the
correct sound for each vowel without assistance.
ā ē ī ō ū Date mastered:

Lesson 30: Distinguishing Between Short Vowels and Long Vowels


Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each vowel letter each time the student is
able to distinguish it from the other long vowel sounds. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can
accurately point to, write, or say the correct vowel consistently without assistance at least 10 times.

ă ā
ĕ ē
ĭ ī
ŏ ō
ŭ ū
Date mastered:

Lesson 31: Letter Sounds Review


ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ ā ē ī ō ū

Bb Cc (soft) Cc (hard) Dd Ff Gg (soft) Gg (hard) Hh Jj Kk

Ll Mm Nn Pp Rr Ss Tt Vv Ww Xx

Yy Zz bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr

dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp

st sw scr spl spr squ str qu ch Sh

th (voiced) th (unvoiced) ph Date mastered:

80
Alphabet Chart
This chart may be used to help reinforce skills taught in this book

Aa Bb Cc Dd Ee
Ff Gg Hh Ii Jj
Kk Ll Mm Nn Oo
Pp Qq Rr Ss Tt
Uu Vv Ww Xx Yy
Zz

81
Letter Sounds and Blends Chart
This chart may be used to help reinforce skills taught in this book

ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ
ā ē ī ō ū
Bb Cc (soft) Cc (hard) Dd Ff
Gg (soft) Gg (hard) Hh Jj Kk
Ll Mm Nn Pp Rr
Ss Tt Vv Ww Xx
Yy Zz bl cl fl
gl pl sl br cr
dr fr gr pr tr
sc sk sm sn sp
st sw scr spl spr
squ str qu ch sh
th (voiced) th ph
(unvoiced)

82
Vowels Chart
This chart may be used to help reinforce skills taught in this book

ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ
ā ē ī ō ū

83
Letter Sounds
Intervention Lessons

Use the following 31 lessons to guide you


through the letter sounds intervention.
Remember, the intervention is individualized to
the student’s needs and must be implemented
at the student’s pace. Don’t move to a new
lesson until mastery of the current lesson is
achieved. Teaching to MASTERY is the goal.

To determine whether or not mastery of each


lesson has been achieved, use the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’
(pages 76-80) to measure the student’s
proficiency before beginning a new lesson.

84
Letter Sounds: Lesson 1

Lesson Name: Hearing Consonant Sounds /b/, /f/, /m/

Description of Lesson/Activity: Using an alphabet chart, the student points to a letter


after hearing its sound pronounced orally.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state
the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state
whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound
lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds.
Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more
than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn the sound of three consonant letters.

STEP TWO: Show the student a letter ‘b’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that
the letter ‘b’ makes the /b/ sound. Special Note: Be sure to say ONLY the sound of the
letter and not an exaggerated sound. Many students learn letter sounds incorrectly
because the model they are hearing is drawn out. For example, the /b/ sound may be
stated “baaaah” which actually is more than one sound. Have the student repeat the /b/
sound. Say the /b/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each time.

STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the letters ‘f’ and ‘m’

STEP FOUR: Write the letters ‘b’, ‘f’, and ‘m’ on a sheet of paper (or show the student
the three letters using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a letter as you say its
sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter
without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Using a letter chart, say the sound for each target letter and have the
student find each letter by pointing to it (both capital and lowercase).

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

85
Letter Sounds: Lesson 2

Lesson Name: Hearing Consonant Sounds /d/, /l/, /s/

Description of Lesson/Activity: Using an alphabet chart, the student points to a letter


after hearing its sound pronounced orally.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state
the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state
whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound
lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds.
Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more
than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn the sound of three consonant letters.

STEP TWO: Show the student a letter ‘d’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that
the letter ‘b’ makes the /b/ sound. Special Note: Be sure to say ONLY the sound of the
letter and not an exaggerated sound. Many students learn letter sounds incorrectly
because the model they are hearing is drawn out. For example, the /b/ sound may be
stated “baaaah” which actually is more than one sound. Have the student repeat the /b/
sound. Say the /b/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each time.

STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the letters ‘l’ and ‘s’

STEP FOUR: Write the letters ‘d’, ‘l’, and ‘s’ on a sheet of paper (or show the student the
three letters using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a letter as you say its
sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter
without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Using a letter chart, say the sound for each target letter and have the
student find each letter by pointing to it (both capital and lowercase).

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

86
Letter Sounds: Lesson 3

Lesson Name: Hearing Consonant Sounds /p/, /r/, /t/

Description of Lesson/Activity: Using an alphabet chart, the student points to a letter


after hearing its sound pronounced orally.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state
the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state
whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound
lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds.
Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more
than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn the sound of three consonant letters.

STEP TWO: Show the student a letter ‘p’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that
the letter ‘b’ makes the /b/ sound. Special Note: Be sure to say ONLY the sound of the
letter and not an exaggerated sound. Many students learn letter sounds incorrectly
because the model they are hearing is drawn out. For example, the /b/ sound may be
stated “baaaah” which actually is more than one sound. Have the student repeat the /b/
sound. Say the /b/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each time.

STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the letters ‘r’ and ‘t’

STEP FOUR: Write the letters ‘p’, ‘r’, and ‘t’ on a sheet of paper (or show the student the
three letters using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a letter as you say its
sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter
without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Using a letter chart, say the sound for each target letter and have the
student find each letter by pointing to it (both capital and lowercase).

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

87
Letter Sounds: Lesson 4

Lesson Name: Hearing Consonant Sounds /h/, /j/, /v/

Description of Lesson/Activity: Using an alphabet chart, the student points to a letter


after hearing its sound pronounced orally.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state
the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state
whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound
lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds.
Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more
than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn the sound of three consonant letters.

STEP TWO: Show the student a letter ‘h’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that
the letter ‘b’ makes the /b/ sound. Special Note: Be sure to say ONLY the sound of the
letter and not an exaggerated sound. Many students learn letter sounds incorrectly
because the model they are hearing is drawn out. For example, the /b/ sound may be
stated “baaaah” which actually is more than one sound. Have the student repeat the /b/
sound. Say the /b/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each time.

STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the letters ‘j’ and ‘v’

STEP FOUR: Write the letters ‘h’, ‘j’, and ‘v’ on a sheet of paper (or show the student the
three letters using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a letter as you say its
sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter
without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Using a letter chart, say the sound for each target letter and have the
student find each letter by pointing to it (both capital and lowercase).

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

88
Letter Sounds: Lesson 5

Lesson Name: Hearing Consonant Sounds /k/, /g/ (soft), /z/

Description of Lesson/Activity: Using an alphabet chart, the student points to a letter


after hearing its sound pronounced orally.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state
the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state
whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound
lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds.
Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more
than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn the sound of three consonant letters.

STEP TWO: Show the student a letter ‘k’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that
the letter ‘b’ makes the /b/ sound. Special Note: Be sure to say ONLY the sound of the
letter and not an exaggerated sound. Many students learn letter sounds incorrectly
because the model they are hearing is drawn out. For example, the /b/ sound may be
stated “baaaah” which actually is more than one sound. Have the student repeat the /b/
sound. Say the /b/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each time.

STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the letters ‘g’ (soft) and ‘z’

STEP FOUR: Write the letters ‘k’, ‘g’, and ‘z’ on a sheet of paper (or show the student
the three letters using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a letter as you say its
sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter
without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Using a letter chart, say the sound for each target letter and have the
student find each letter by pointing to it (both capital and lowercase).

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

89
Letter Sounds: Lesson 6

Lesson Name: Hearing Consonant Sounds /c/ (hard), /g/ (hard), /w/

Description of Lesson/Activity: Using an alphabet chart, the student points to a letter


after hearing its sound pronounced orally.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state
the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state
whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound
lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds.
Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more
than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn the sound of three consonant letters.

STEP TWO: Show the student a letter ‘c’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that
the letter ‘c’ makes two sounds; a soft sound and a hard sound. Say the hard ‘c’ sound
(/k/). Special Note: Be sure to say ONLY the sound of the letter and not an exaggerated
sound. Many students learn letter sounds incorrectly because the model they are hearing
is drawn out. For example, the /b/ sound may be stated “baaaah” which actually is more
than one sound. Have the student repeat the /b/ sound. Say the /b/ sound ten times
while having the student repeat each time.

STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the letters ‘g’ (hard) and ‘w’

STEP FOUR: Write the letters ‘c’, ‘g’, and ‘w’ on a sheet of paper (or show the student
the three letters using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a letter as you say its
sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter
without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Using a letter chart, say the sound for each target letter and have the
student find each letter by pointing to it (both capital and lowercase).

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL


90
Letter Sounds: Lesson 7

Lesson Name: Hearing Consonant Sounds /c/ (soft), /x/, /y/

Description of Lesson/Activity: Using an alphabet chart, the student points to a letter


after hearing its sound pronounced orally.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state
the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state
whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound
lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds.
Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more
than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn the sound of three consonant letters.

STEP TWO: Show the student a letter ‘c’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that
the letter ‘c’ makes two sounds; a soft sound and a hard sound. Say the soft ‘c’ sound
(/s/). Special Note: Be sure to say ONLY the sound of the letter and not an exaggerated
sound. Many students learn letter sounds incorrectly because the model they are hearing
is drawn out. For example, the /b/ sound may be stated “baaaah” which actually is more
than one sound. Have the student repeat the /b/ sound. Say the /b/ sound ten times
while having the student repeat each time.

STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the letters ‘x’ and ‘y’

STEP FOUR: Write the letters ‘c’, ‘x’, and ‘y’ on a sheet of paper (or show the student
the three letters using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a letter as you say its
sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter
without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Using a letter chart, say the sound for each target letter and have the
student find each letter by pointing to it (both capital and lowercase).

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL


91
Letter Sounds: Lesson 8

Lesson Name: Hearing Consonant Sounds Review

Description of Lesson/Activity: Using an alphabet chart, the student points to a letter


after hearing its sound pronounced orally.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state
the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state
whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Explain to student that
today he/she will review all letter sounds learned so far.

STEP TWO: Explain to student that he/she will hear all of the sounds learned so far and
that he/she will point to the letters that go with those sounds on an alphabet chart.

STEP THREE: Distinctly and clearly say random letter sounds (from those learned so
far) and have student point to the letter on a letter chart.

STEP FOUR: Continue STEP THREE until the student can consistently point to each
letter without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

92
Letter Sounds: Lesson 9

Lesson Name: Hearing ‘l’ Blends bl, cl, fl, gl, pl, sl

Description of Lesson/Activity: Using a consonant blends chart, the student points to


consonant blends after hearing them pronounced orally.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state
the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state
whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound
lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds.
Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more
than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn sounds called blends. Explain that
blends are two or more letter sounds said together.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘b’ and ‘l’ (together) (using magnetic letters,
foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letters.
Tell the student that the letters ‘bl’ make the sound /bl/. Say the ‘bl’ sound. Special
Note: Be sure to say the correct sound of the letter combinations ‘bl’. Have the student
repeat the /bl/ sound. Say the /bl/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each
time.

STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the blends ‘cl’, ‘fl’, ‘gl’, ‘pl’, and ‘sl’.

STEP FOUR: Write the blends ‘bl’, ‘cl’, ‘fl’, ‘gl’, ‘pl’, and ‘sl’ on a sheet of paper (or show
the student the blends using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a blend as you
say its sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct
blend without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Using a blends chart, say the sound for each target blend and have the
student find each by pointing.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

93
Letter Sounds: Lesson 10

Lesson Name: Hearing ‘r’ Blends br, cr, dr, fr, gr, pr, tr

Description of Lesson/Activity: Using a consonant blends chart, the student points to


consonant blends after hearing them pronounced orally.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state
the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state
whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound
lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds.
Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more
than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn sounds called blends. Explain that
blends are two or more letter sounds said together.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘b’ and ‘r’ (together) (using magnetic letters,
foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letters.
Tell the student that the letters ‘br’ make the sound /br/. Say the ‘br’ sound. Special
Note: Be sure to say the correct sound of the letter combinations ‘br’. Have the student
repeat the /br/ sound. Say the /br/ sound ten times while having the student repeat
each time.

STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the blends ‘cr’, ‘dr’, ‘fr’, ‘gr’, ‘pr’, ‘tr’.

STEP FOUR: Write the blends ‘br’, ‘cr’, ‘dr’, ‘fr’, ‘gr’, ‘pr’, ‘tr’ on a sheet of paper (or show
the student the blends using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a blend as you
say its sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct
blend without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Using a blends chart, say the sound for each target blend and have the
student find by pointing.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

94
Letter Sounds: Lesson 11

Lesson Name: Hearing ‘s’ Blends sc, sk, sm, sn, sp, st, sw

Description of Lesson/Activity: Using a consonant blends chart, the student points to


consonant blends after hearing them pronounced orally.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state
the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state
whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound
lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds.
Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more
than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn sounds called blends. Explain that
blends are two or more letter sounds said together.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘s’ and ‘c’ (together) (using magnetic letters,
foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letters.
Tell the student that the letters ‘sc’ make the sound /sk/. Say the ‘sc’ sound. Also inform
the student that the letters ‘sk’ make the same sound. Special Note: Be sure to say the
correct sound of the letter combinations ‘sc’. Have the student repeat the /sc/ sound.
Say the /sc/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each time.

STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the blends ‘sk’, ‘sm’, ‘sn’, ‘sp’, ‘st’, ‘sw’.

STEP FOUR: Write the blends ‘sc’, ‘sk’, ‘sm’, ‘sn’, ‘sp’, ‘st’, ‘sw’ on a sheet of paper (or show
the student the blends using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a blend as you
say its sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct
blend without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Using a blends chart, say the sound for each target blend and have the
student find each by pointing.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

95
Letter Sounds: Lesson 12

Lesson Name: Hearing Three Letter Blends scr, spl, spr, squ, str

Description of Lesson/Activity: Using a consonant blends chart, the student points to


consonant blends after hearing them pronounced orally.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state
the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state
whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound
lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds.
Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more
than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn sounds called blends. Explain that
blends are two or more letter sounds said together.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘s’, ‘c’ and ‘r’ (together) (using magnetic
letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the
letters. Tell the student that the letters ‘scr’ make the sound /scr/. Say the ‘scr’ sound.
Special Note: Be sure to say the correct sound of the letter combinations ‘scr’. Have the
student repeat the /scr/ sound. Say the /scr/ sound ten times while having the student
repeat each time.

STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the blends ‘spl’, ‘spr’, ‘squ’, and ‘str’.

STEP FOUR: Write the blends ‘scr’, ‘spl’, ‘spr’, ‘squ’, and ‘str’ on a sheet of paper (or show
the student the blends using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a blend as you
say its sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct
blend without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Using a blends chart, say the sound for each target blend and have the
student find each by pointing.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL


96
Letter Sounds: Lesson 13

Lesson Name: Hearing Special Sounds ch, sh, th (voiced), th (unvoiced), ph, qu

Description of Lesson/Activity: Using a special sounds chart, the student points to


letter combinations that make special sounds after hearing them pronounced orally.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state
the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state
whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound
lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds.
Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more
than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn some special sounds.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘c’ and ‘h’ (together) (using magnetic letters,
foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letters.
Tell the student that the letters ‘ch’ make the sound /ch/. Say the ‘ch’ sound. Special
Note: Be sure to say the correct sound of the letter combinations ‘ch’. Have the student
repeat the /ch/ sound. Say the /ch/ sound ten times while having the student repeat
each time.

STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the sounds ‘sh’, ‘th’ (voiced as in the word ‘these’),
‘th’ (unvoiced as in the word ‘both’), ‘ph’ (‘ph’ is pronounced /f/), and ‘qu’

STEP FOUR: Write the special sounds letter combinations ‘ch’, ‘sh’, ‘th’ (voiced), ‘th’
(unvoiced), ‘ph’, and ‘qu’ on a sheet of paper (or show the student using cards, tiles, etc.).
Have the student point to a special sound as you say its sound orally. Continue drilling the
student until he/she can point to the correct letter combination without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Using a special sounds chart, say the sound for each target letter
combination and have the student find each by pointing.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

97
Letter Sounds: Lesson 14

Lesson Name: Hearing Blends and Special Sounds Review

Description of Lesson/Activity: Using a Blends Chart, the student points to blends or


special letter combinations after hearing them pronounced orally.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state
the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Also, review letter sound
skills by saying the sounds of consonant letters and having the student point to each on
the chart. Make sure the student points to both capital and lowercase letters. Explain to
student that today he/she will review all of the blends and special sounds learned so far.

STEP TWO: Explain to student that he/she will hear all of the blends and special sounds
learned so far and that he/she will point to the letter blends or letter combinations that
go with those sounds on the Blends and Special Sounds Chart.

STEP THREE: Distinctly and clearly say random blends and special sounds (from those
learned so far) and have student point to them on the chart.

STEP FOUR: Continue STEP THREE until the student can consistently point to each
blend or special sound without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

98
Letter Sounds: Lesson 15

Lesson Name: Writing Consonant Letters

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student writes letters after hearing their sounds
pronounced orally.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter sounds (consonants). Have the student point
to letters on a letter chart after their sounds are orally stated. Explain to student that
today he/she will write all of the consonant letters after hearing their sounds
pronounced. Special Note: If the student is not able to write the letters of the
alphabet, provide him/her with a blank alphabet chart and have him/her circle the letters
as their sounds are pronounced. If the student can only write one of the cases (capital or
lowercase) then have him/her write only that case. Otherwise, have the student write
both the capital and lowercase form of the letters.

STEP TWO: Explain to student that he/she will hear all of the consonant letter sounds
learned so far and that he/she will write the letters that go with those sounds.

STEP THREE: Distinctly and clearly say random consonant letter sounds and have
student write the letters that correspond with them. Special Note: To add variety to
this lesson, allow the student to use a variety of writing surfaces and utensils (colored
pencils, markers, chalk, whiteboard, chalkboard, etc.)

STEP FOUR: Continue STEP THREE until the student can consistently write each letter
without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

99
Letter Sounds: Lesson 16

Lesson Name: Writing Consonant Blends and Special Sounds


Description of Lesson/Activity: The student writes blends and special sounds after
hearing pronounced orally.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter sounds (consonants). Have the student point
to letters on a letter chart after their sounds are orally stated. Explain to student that
today he/she will write all of the blends and special letter combinations he/she has
learned so far after hearing their sounds pronounced. Special Note: If the student is
not able to write the letters of the alphabet, provide him/her with a blank Blends and
Special Sounds Chart and have him/her circle the blends as their sounds are pronounced.

STEP TWO: Explain to student that he/she will hear all of the blends and special sounds
learned so far and that he/she will write the blends and special letter combinations that
go with those sounds.

STEP THREE: Distinctly and clearly say random blends and special sounds and have the
student write the blends or letter combinations that correspond to those sounds. Special
Note: To add variety to this lesson, allow the student to use a variety of writing surfaces
and utensils (colored pencils, markers, chalk, whiteboard, chalkboard, etc.)

STEP FOUR: Continue STEP THREE until the student can consistently write each blend
or special sound without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

100
Letter Sounds: Lesson 17

Lesson Name: Saying Consonant Letter Sounds

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student says letter sounds after seeing the printed
form of the letter.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter sounds (consonants). Have the student point
to letters on a letter chart after their sounds are orally stated. Have student repeat
each time. Explain to student that today he/she will practice saying consonant letter
sounds without hearing them stated first.

STEP TWO: Using a letter chart or flashcards, show the student a consonant letter.
Have the student say that letter’s sound without first providing a model. Provide a model
if the student doesn’t know the sound or says the incorrect sound for the letter.

STEP THREE: Repeat STEP TWO until the student knows each letter sound
automatically without assistance. Drill and practice, drill and practice, drill and practice!

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

101
Letter Sounds: Lesson 18

Lesson Name: Saying Sounds for Consonant Blends and Special Sounds

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student says the sounds for consonant blends and
special sounds after seeing them in printed form.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter sounds (consonants). Have the student point
to letters on a letter chart after their sounds are orally stated. Have student repeat
each time. Explain to student that today he/she will practice saying the sounds for the
consonant blends he/she has learned in previous lessons.

STEP TWO: Using the Blends and Special Sounds Chart or flashcards, show the student
a blend or special sound letter combination. Have the student say the sound without first
providing a model. Provide a model if the student doesn’t know the sound or says the
incorrect sound.

STEP THREE: Repeat STEP TWO until the student knows the sound of each blend or
special sound automatically without assistance. Drill and practice, drill and practice, drill
and practice!

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

102
Letter Sounds: Lesson 19

Lesson Name: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ă

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between the short vowel


sound ă and consonant sounds.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review letter sound skills with the student. Have him/her say the sounds of
letters, blends, or special sounds as you point to them using a letter chart or the Blends
and Special Sounds Chart. Special Note: If the student forgets the sounds of some
letters, blends, or special sounds GO BACK AND RETEACH THOSE PARTICULAR
LESSONS!!!! Remember, teaching to MASTERY is the goal. Explain to student that today
he/she will learn the short sound for the vowel letter ‘a’. Explain that each vowel has two
sounds; a short sound and a long sound.

STEP TWO: Show the student a letter ‘a’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student
that the letter ‘a’ makes the short sound /ă/. Say the short sound for ‘ă’ and have the
student repeat. Have the student repeat the /ă/ sound at least ten times.

STEP THREE: Using an alphabet chart, say (in random order) consonant sounds and the
short /ă/ sound (stated intermittently). Have the student point to the letters on the
chart as he/she hears them stated orally.

STEP FOUR: Repeat STEP THREE until the student can distinguish the short ‘a’ sound
from the sounds of the consonant letters. Continue drilling the student until he/she can
point to the correct letter without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

103
Letter Sounds: Lesson 20

Lesson Name: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ĕ

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between the short vowel


sound ĕ and consonant sounds.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review letter sound skills with the student. Have him/her say the sounds of
letters, blends, or special sounds as you point to them using a letter chart or the Blends
and Special Sounds Chart. Special Note: If the student forgets the sounds of some
letters, blends, or special sounds GO BACK AND RETEACH THOSE PARTICULAR
LESSONS!!!! Remember, teaching to MASTERY is the goal. Explain to student that today
he/she will learn the short sound for the vowel letter ‘e’. Explain that each vowel has two
sounds; a short sound and a long sound.

STEP TWO: Show the student a letter ‘e’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student
that the letter ‘e’ makes the short sound /ĕ/. Say the short sound for ‘e’ and have the
student repeat. Have the student repeat the /ĕ/ sound at least ten times.

STEP THREE: Using an alphabet chart, say (in random order) consonant sounds and the
short /ĕ/ sound (stated intermittently). Have the student point to the letters on the
chart as he/she hears them stated orally.

STEP FOUR: Repeat STEP THREE until the student can distinguish the short ‘e’ sound
from the sounds of the consonant letters. Continue drilling the student until he/she can
point to the correct letter without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

104
Letter Sounds: Lesson 21

Lesson Name: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ĭ

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between the short vowel


sound ĭ and consonant sounds.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review letter sound skills with the student. Have him/her say the sounds of
letters, blends, or special sounds as you point to them using a letter chart or the Blends
and Special Sounds Chart. Special Note: If the student forgets the sounds of some
letters, blends, or special sounds GO BACK AND RETEACH THOSE PARTICULAR
LESSONS!!!! Remember, teaching to MASTERY is the goal. Explain to student that today
he/she will learn the short sound for the vowel letter ‘i’. Explain that each vowel has two
sounds; a short sound and a long sound.

STEP TWO: Show the student a letter ‘i’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student
that the letter ‘i’ makes the short sound /ĭ/. Say the short sound for ‘i’ and have the
student repeat. Have the student repeat the /ĭ/ sound at least ten times.

STEP THREE: Using an alphabet chart, say (in random order) consonant sounds and the
short /ĭ/ sound (stated intermittently). Have the student point to the letters on the
chart as he/she hears them stated orally.

STEP FOUR: Repeat STEP THREE until the student can distinguish the short ‘i’ sound
from the sounds of the consonant letters. Continue drilling the student until he/she can
point to the correct letter without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

105
Letter Sounds: Lesson 22

Lesson Name: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ŏ

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between the short vowel


sound ŏ and consonant sounds.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review letter sound skills with the student. Have him/her say the sounds of
letters, blends, or special sounds as you point to them using a letter chart or the Blends
and Special Sounds Chart. Special Note: If the student forgets the sounds of some
letters, blends, or special sounds GO BACK AND RETEACH THOSE PARTICULAR
LESSONS!!!! Remember, teaching to MASTERY is the goal. Explain to student that today
he/she will learn the short sound for the vowel letter ‘o’. Explain that each vowel has two
sounds; a short sound and a long sound.

STEP TWO: Show the student a letter ‘o’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student
that the letter ‘o’ makes the short sound /ŏ/. Say the short sound for ‘o’ and have the
student repeat. Have the student repeat the /ŏ/ sound at least ten times.

STEP THREE: Using an alphabet chart, say (in random order) consonant sounds and the
short /ŏ/ sound (stated intermittently). Have the student point to the letters on the
chart as he/she hears them stated orally.

STEP FOUR: Repeat STEP THREE until the student can distinguish the short ‘o’ sound
from the sounds of the consonant letters. Continue drilling the student until he/she can
point to the correct letter without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

106
Letter Sounds: Lesson 23

Lesson Name: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ŭ

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between the short vowel


sound ŭ and consonant sounds.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review letter sound skills with the student. Have him/her say the sounds of
letters, blends, or special sounds as you point to them using a letter chart or the Blends
and Special Sounds Chart. Special Note: If the student forgets the sounds of some
letters, blends, or special sounds GO BACK AND RETEACH THOSE PARTICULAR
LESSONS!!!! Remember, teaching to MASTERY is the goal. Explain to student that today
he/she will learn the short sound for the vowel letter ‘u’. Explain that each vowel has two
sounds; a short sound and a long sound.

STEP TWO: Show the student a letter ‘u’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student
that the letter ‘u’ makes the short sound /ŭ/. Say the short sound for ‘u’ and have the
student repeat. Have the student repeat the /ŭ/ sound at least ten times.

STEP THREE: Using an alphabet chart, say (in random order) consonant sounds and the
short /ŭ/ sound (stated intermittently). Have the student point to the letters on the
chart as he/she hears them stated orally.

STEP FOUR: Repeat STEP THREE until the student can distinguish the short ‘u’ sound
from the sounds of the consonant letters. Continue drilling the student until he/she can
point to the correct letter without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

107
Letter Sounds: Lesson 24

Lesson Name: Distinguishing Short Vowel Sounds from Each Other

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between the short vowels ă,


ĕ, ĭ, ŏ, and ŭ.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review letter sound skills with the student. Have him/her say the sounds of
letters, blends, or special sounds as you point to them using a letter chart or the Blends
and Special Sounds Chart. Special Note: If the student forgets the sounds of some
letters, blends, or special sounds GO BACK AND RETEACH THOSE PARTICULAR
LESSONS!!!! Remember, teaching to MASTERY is the goal. Explain to student that today
he/she will review the short sounds of all of the vowels and practice listening to the
differences in those sounds.

STEP TWO: Using an alphabet chart, say (in random order) the short sounds for all five
vowels. Have the student point to the letters on the chart as he/she hears them stated
orally.

STEP THREE: Repeat STEP TWO until the student can distinguish between all of the
short vowel sounds. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct
letter without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

108
Letter Sounds: Lesson 25

Lesson Name: Writing Short Vowel Letters

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student writes short vowel letters (ă, ĕ, ĭ, ŏ, and ŭ)
after hearing their sounds pronounced orally.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review letter sound skills with the student. Have him/her say the sounds of
letters, blends, or special sounds as you point to them using a letter chart or the Blends
and Special Sounds Chart. Special Note: If the student forgets the sounds of some
letters, blends, or special sounds GO BACK AND RETEACH THOSE PARTICULAR
LESSONS!!!! Remember, teaching to MASTERY is the goal!

STEP TWO: Explain to student that he/she will hear all of the short vowel sounds
learned in previous lessons and will practice writing the letters that go with those sounds.

STEP THREE: Distinctly and clearly say (in random order) the five short vowel sounds
and have the student write the letters that correspond with them. Special Note: To add
variety to this lesson, allow the student to use a variety of writing surfaces and utensils
(colored pencils, markers, chalk, whiteboard, chalkboard, etc.)

STEP FOUR: Continue STEP THREE until the student can consistently write each letter
without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

109
Letter Sounds: Lesson 26

Lesson Name: Saying Short Vowel Sounds

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student says the sounds for each vowel (short
sounds) after seeing the printed form of the letters.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student short vowel sounds. Have the student point to the
vowels on a letter chart after their sounds are orally stated. Have student repeat each
time. Explain to student that today he/she will practice saying the short sounds for the
vowels he/she has learned in previous lessons.

STEP TWO: Using an alphabet chart or flashcards, show the student a vowel. Have the
student say the short sound of the vowel without first providing a model. Provide a model
if the student doesn’t know the sound or says the incorrect sound.

STEP THREE: Repeat STEP TWO until the student knows the short sound of each vowel
automatically without assistance. Drill and practice, drill and practice, drill and practice!

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

110
Letter Sounds: Lesson 27

Lesson Name: Distinguishing Long Vowel Sounds from Each Other

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between the long vowels ā, ē,


ī, ō, and ū.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review letter sound skills with the student. Have him/her say the sounds of
consonant letters, blends, special sounds, and short vowels as you point to them using a
letter chart or blends chart. Special Note: If the student forgets the sounds of some
letters or blends GO BACK AND RETEACH THOSE PARTICULAR LESSONS!!!!
Remember, teaching to MASTERY is the goal. Explain to student that today he/she will
learn the long sounds of all of the vowels and practice listening to the differences in
those sounds.

STEP TWO: Explain that learning the long vowel sounds is very easy because the long
sound is the same as the letter name. Review the names of letters by having the student
say the name of each letter as you point to random letters on an alphabet chart. Pay
special attention to the names of all of the vowels.

STEP THREE: Have the student say the sound of each vowel (long sounds) as you point to
them on an alphabet letter chart.

STEP FOUR: Repeat STEP THREE until the student can distinguish between all of the
long vowel sounds. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct
letter without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

111
Letter Sounds: Lesson 28

Lesson Name: Writing Long Vowel Letters

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student writes long vowel letters (ā, ē, ī, ō, and ū)
after hearing their sounds pronounced orally.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review letter sound skills with the student. Have him/her say the sounds of
consonant letters, blends, special sounds, and short vowels as you point to them using a
letter chart or blends chart. Special Note: If the student forgets the sounds of some
letters or blends GO BACK AND RETEACH THOSE PARTICULAR LESSONS!!!!
Remember, teaching to MASTERY is the goal!

STEP TWO: Explain to student that he/she will hear all of the long vowel sounds and will
practice writing the letters that go with those sounds.

STEP THREE: Distinctly and clearly say (in random order) the five long vowel sounds and
have the student write the letters that correspond with them. Special Note: To add
variety to this lesson, allow the student to use a variety of writing surfaces and utensils
(colored pencils, markers, chalk, whiteboard, chalkboard, etc.)

STEP FOUR: Continue STEP THREE until the student can consistently write each letter
without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

112
Letter Sounds: Lesson 29

Lesson Name: Saying Long Vowel Sounds

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student says the sounds for each vowel (long
sounds) after seeing the printed form of the letters.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student long vowel sounds. Have the student point to the vowels
on a letter chart after their sounds are orally stated. Have student repeat each time.
Explain to student that today he/she will practice saying the long sound for each vowel.

STEP TWO: Using an alphabet chart or flashcards, show the student a vowel. Have the
student say the long sound of the vowel without first providing a model. Provide a model
if the student doesn’t know the sound or says the incorrect sound.

STEP THREE: Repeat STEP TWO until the student knows the long sound of each vowel
automatically without assistance. Drill and practice, drill and practice, drill and practice!

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

113
Letter Sounds: Lesson 30

Lesson Name: Distinguishing Between Short Vowels and Long Vowels

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between both short and long
vowel sounds.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review both the short and long sounds of each vowel. Using a Long/Short
Vowel Chart, have student point to a vowel after saying it orally.

STEP TWO: Give student a piece of paper and a pencil and have him/her practice writing
the vowel letters after saying them orally. Make sure the student distinguishes between
the short sound and the long sound by using the breve and macron symbols.

STEP THREE: Have the student say the sound of each vowel (both long and short
sounds) as you point to them on an alphabet letter chart.

STEP FOUR: Repeat STEPS ONE THROUGH THREE until the student can distinguish
between all of the long and short vowel sounds. Continue drilling the student until he/she
can point to, write, and say the correct vowel sound without hesitation.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson,
move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson
until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

114
Letter Sounds: Lesson 31

Lesson Name: Letter Sounds Review

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student reviews all consonant letter sounds, blends,
special sounds, short vowels, and long vowels through a variety of means.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that he/she will review ALL sounds learned in this
chapter.

STEP TWO: Using charts, flashcards, letter manipulatives, etc. practice saying the
sounds learned in this chapter and then have the student locate them. Drill and
practice!!!

STEP THREE: Provide the student with a writing utensil and a writing surface (paper,
chalkboard, whiteboard, etc.) and practice saying the sounds learned in this chapter and
then have the student write them. Drill and practice!!!

STEP FOUR: Using charts or flashcards, show the student the written form of all of the
sounds learned in this chapter and have him/her say their sounds. Drill and practice!!!

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Letter
Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson then
he/she has completed the Letter Sounds intervention with success. If the student has
NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

115
Letter/Blends Cards

bl cl fl
gl pl sl
br cr dr
fr gr pr
116
tr sc sk
sm sn sp
st sw scr
spl spr squ
117
str qu ch
sh th th voiced unvoiced

ph ă ĕ
ĭ ŏ ŭ
118
ā ē ī
ō ū

119
RHYMING
AND
WORD
FAMILIES
RHYMING AND WORD FAMILIES OVERVIEW
Once it is determined that a student needs this intervention (as evidenced on the Universal
Screening: Rhyming and Word Families Assessment), make a copy of the appropriate
pages (listed on the “Rhyming and Word Families Let’s Get Started!” page) including the
“Rhyming and Word Families Lesson Checklist.” Use the checklist to check off when each
lesson was taught and when it was mastered. Do not move forward to a new lesson until the
student has mastered the lesson he/she is currently on. Also, to assess the student’s
response to the intervention, be sure to monitor his/her progress weekly throughout the
twelve-week implementation period using the Progress Monitoring Assessments (regardless
of which lesson he/she is currently working on). If a student completes all of the Rhyming
and Word Families lessons within two to six weeks, he/she still needs to be assessed for at
least 2 additional weeks past the point of mastery so as to rule out “lucky guesses” or a
“fluke” with the assessment showing said mastery, If the student has truly MASTERED the
Rhyming and Word Families Intervention before the 12-week intervention period ends (as
evidenced by the Progress Monitoring: Rhyming and Word Families Assessments), it
would be prudent to move on to an intervention which focuses on more complex concepts
such as segmenting and word parts or blending. Be sure to collect baseline data before
beginning any new intervention.

The mini- assessments that are a part of the individual lessons are NOT to be used as data
point assessments or the universal screening/baseline. The purpose of those assessments is
to assist the teacher, tutor, or interventionist in knowing whether or not the student has
or has not mastered a particular lesson. The overall timeline for the intervention is 12
weeks with at least three 30-minute sessions occurring each week. However, the
intervention session lessons in this manual are not timed and should be taught in succession.
The student sets the pace according to his/her ability to understand and master the
material. A student may be able to finish two or three lessons in a twenty or thirty minute
time span whereas another student may be able to only complete and master one lesson over
a period of three or four days or even weeks. RTI is an individualized process and is strictly
geared to meet the individual needs of the student. This book is not intended to replace
the regular classroom curriculum and is not comprehensive or exhaustive. The lessons in
this manual should be considered supplemental to what is already being taught in the
classroom and are geared to help fill the learning gaps of struggling students whose weak
phonics skills interfere with their ability to read fluently which then negatively impacts
their ability to comprehend written text. This intervention is intended to strengthen skills
through intensive exposure to basic phonological concepts and each individual lesson should
be taught to mastery. Using sorting, comparing and contrasting activities, repetition, and
drill and practice, this intervention can bring success to those who otherwise would
continue to fall through the cracks by helping build a strong foundation on which higher
levels of learning can occur.

122
PROGRESS MONITORING
As stated before, in order to ascertain whether or not the Rhyming and Word Families
intervention in this manual is effective, data should be gathered on a weekly basis through
the progress monitoring assessments. As with the universal screening, the student must
complete the progress monitoring assessments without extra prompts or assistance. All
progress monitoring assessments can be scored directly on the corresponding recording
sheets provided to you in this manual. It is worthy to note that the universal
screening/baseline assessments are identical to the weekly progress monitoring
assessments in both format and structure. This gives the educator/assessor a simple way
to collect data as well as creates a format that is easy to read and analyze. Because of the
continuity among the assessments, the educator/assessor will essentially be comparing
‘oranges to oranges’ which allows for a more accurate picture of how the student is
progressing throughout the intervention.

PROGRESS MONITORING DOCUMENTATION, GRAPH, AND DATA ANALYSIS For


the purpose of data analysis for the Rhyming and Word Families intervention, a graph will
be needed to record the data from the universal screening/baseline assessment and each
progress monitoring assessment. Graphs are an easy-to-read ‘snap shot’ of how the student
performs each week and are an excellent tool to use when looking at overall progress and
effectiveness of an intervention. The data should be analyzed weekly rather than at the
end of the 12 weeks so that changes or adjustments to the intervention may be made
DURING the 12 week period. The graph below is an example of what an RTI intervention
graph may look like after the 11th week of the Rhyming and Word Families intervention.
Careful examination of the data collected each week must occur (preferably in the context
of a data analysis team) in order to adequately assess the effectiveness of the intervention
and to pinpoint areas of weakness. This on-going weekly review of the data is crucial and
should be the catalyst which drives future instruction for the struggling student.

SAMPLE GRAPH FOR STUDENT ‘X’ :


12 Rhyming and Word Families
11
10
9
Student Score

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date 8/7 8/14 8/21 8/27 9/3 9/10 9/17 9/24 10/1 10/8 10/15 10/22 10/29
Student Score 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 4 5 5 6 6 8
Goal Score* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

123
What does the sample graph on the previous page tell us about Student ‘X’? According to the
universal screening/baseline assessment (given 8-7-11) the student scored a 0 out of a
possible 12 signifying he/she lacks the ability to hear rhymes, say rhymes, or identify word
families. After 12 weeks of the rhyming and word families intervention, Student ‘X’ has
made progress but has yet to reach his/her goal score. Twice the scores remained the same
and a regression in scores was noted between DP4 and DP5. However, Student ‘X’s growth line overall
steadily increased. At the end of the 12th week of intervention, Student ‘X’ has
consistently fallen short of the weekly goals but is showing gains overall. Additional time
with the same intervention would be the logical recommendation for this student until
mastery has been achieved.

124
Let’s Get Started!
To implement the Rhyming and Word Families intervention in this manual, copy the following
pages for each student in the intervention group:

 Universal Screening Teacher Recording Sheet (p. 126)


 Progress Monitoring Teacher Recording Sheets (pp. 127-129)
 Universal Screening & Progress Monitoring RTI Graph (p. 130)
 Rhyming and Word Families Lessons Checklist (pp. 131-132)
 Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (pp. 133-138)
 Word Family Cards (pp. 173-191)

125
Universal Screening Teacher Recording Sheet
Rhyming and Word Families

Student Name: _______________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: __________ Date: _______

Section A. Hearing Rhymes: Have the student sit facing you and explain that you will say two words.
Tell him/her to say “YES” if the two words rhyme and “NO” if they do not. Have student practice this skill
using the words ‘book/look’ and ‘dirt/cup’. Explain that the words ‘book/look’ rhyme because their ending
sounds are the same whereas ‘dirt/cup’ do not because their ending sounds are different.

YES NO YES NO YES NO YES NO


Word Word Word Word
Pair Pair Pair Pair
pig/wig hot/spot dog/dark red/bread

Section B. Saying Rhymes: Have the student sit facing you and explain that you will say one word and
that he/she will say a second word that rhymes with your word. Have the student practice this skill by
stating the following: “Say a word that rhymes with ‘mouse’.” If the student gives a correct response then
proceed with this evaluation. If the student does not give a correct response, then briefly explain that
rhyming words have the same ending sounds. Explain that ‘house’ rhymes with ‘mouse’ because their ending
sounds are the same. Once the student understands, proceed with this evaluation.
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
bid tad fun sat

Section C. Identifying Word Families: Explain to the student that he/she will hear two words
from a particular word family and that he/she will say which family they are from. For example, the words
‘bend’ and ‘lend’ are from the -end family.
Word Pair Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
Pair Pair Pair
mop/top (-op) fan/tan (-an) bump/stump (-ump) gong/long (-ong)

Total # Correct _______ (Total # Possible = 12)

126
Progress Monitoring Teacher Recording Sheet
Rhyming and Word Families
Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment.
Data Point 1 Date: ____________
Hearing Rhymes: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): _________
YES NO YES NO YES NO YES NO
Word Word Word Word
Pair Pair Pair Pair
wag/lag sunk/sold lift/gift net/wet
Saying Rhymes:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
nod tank moon belt
Identifying Word Families:
Word Pair Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
Pair Pair Pair
torch/scorch (-orch) spice/dice (-ice) bump/stump gong/long
(-ump) (-ong)
Data Point 2 Date: ____________
Hearing Rhymes: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): _________
YES NO YES NO YES NO YES NO
Word Word Word Word
Pair Pair Pair Pair
more/mud hung/lung help/hope rub/tub
Saying Rhymes:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
bid tad fun sat
Identifying Word Families:
Word Pair Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
Pair Pair Pair
sort/snort (-ort) cart/smart (-art) reach/beach (-each) cake/bake (-ake)
Data Point 3 Date: ____________
Hearing Rhymes: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): _________
Word Word Word Word
Pair YES NO Pair
YES NO Pair
YES NO Pair
YES NO
chair/fair ground/mound felt/fast palm/bug
Saying Rhymes:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
hand corn rub trip
Identifying Word Families:
Word Pair Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
Pair Pair Pair
sun/run (-un) shook/book (-ook) bike/like vet/pet
(-ike) (-et)
Data Point 4 Date: ____________
Hearing Rhymes: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): _________
YES NO YES NO YES NO YES NO
Word Word Word Word
Pair Pair Pair Pair
rot/rat light/fight pint/beg tuck/duck
Saying Rhymes:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
mad hen pink grade
Identifying Word Families:
Word Pair Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
Pair Pair Pair
quack/black (-ack) fit/hit (-it) stamp/ramp (-amp) seal/deal (-eal)

127
Progress Monitoring: Rhyming and Word Families (con’t)
Student Name: ________________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment
Data Point 5 Date: ____________
Hearing Rhymes: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): _________
YES NO YES NO YES NO YES NO
Word Word Word Word
Pair Pair Pair Pair
med/fed hug/bug yes/yet got/boat
Saying Rhymes:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
like ring pump look
Identifying Word Families:
Word Pair Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
Pair Pair Pair
mole/pole (-ole) mold/cold (-old) stir/fir (-ir) shut/hut (-ut)

Data Point 6 Date: ____________


Hearing Rhymes: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): _________
YES NO YES NO YES NO YES NO
Word Word Word Word
Pair Pair Pair Pair
van/can rile/mile tax/fax good/look
Saying Rhymes:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
bay hold fat brick
Identifying Word Families:
Word Pair Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
Pair Pair Pair
step/pep (-ep) play/day (-ay) cloud/loud (-oud) rough/tough (-ough)

Data Point 7 Date: ____________


Hearing Rhymes: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): _________
YES NO YES NO YES NO YES NO
Word Word Word Word
Pair Pair Pair Pair
jet/pet bond/gold sad/wed cart/mart
Saying Rhymes:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
hair vine lock jeep
Identifying Word Families:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
Pair Pair Pair Pair
dill/bill (-ill) star/bar (-ar) like/kick (-ick) line/mine (-ine)

Data Point 8 Date: ____________


Hearing Rhymes: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): _________
YES NO YES NO YES NO YES NO
Word Word Word Word
Pair Pair Pair Pair
rent/fence had/fad nope/hop lip/lap
Saying Rhymes:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
mat wish goat hog
Identifying Word Families:
Word Pair Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
Pair Pair Pair
limp/chimp (-imp) fringe/hinge (-inge) wall/ball (-all) frame/name (-ame)

128
Progress Monitoring: Rhyming and Word Families (con’t)
Student Name: ________________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Data Point 9 Date: ____________
Hearing Rhymes: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): _________
YES NO YES NO YES NO YES NO
Word Word Word Word
Pair Pair Pair Pair
jump/bump why/shy clock/crank plus/vet
Saying Rhymes:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
mind time leaf tank
Identifying Word Families:
Word Pair Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
Pair Pair Pair
paw/saw (-aw) tick/hick (-ick) shade/made (-ade) slip/tip (-ip)

Data Point 10 Date: ____________


Hearing Rhymes: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): _________
YES NO YES NO YES NO YES NO
Word Word Word Word
Pair Pair Pair Pair
bid/hid mud/lot quit/quick back/pack
Saying Rhymes:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
truck sell pill sock
Identifying Word Families:
Word Pair Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
Pair Pair Pair
hen/men (-en) vest/best (-est) save/shave (-ave) glare/bare (-are)

Data Point 11 Date: ____________


Hearing Rhymes: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): _________
YES NO YES NO YES NO YES NO
Word Word Word Word
Pair Pair Pair Pair
hex/vex till/tame black/track kick/fox
Saying Rhymes:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
fuzz bath ware pound
Identifying Word Families:
Word Pair Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
Pair Pair Pair
stack/hack (-ack) heal/meal (-eal) mile/vile (-ile) page/gage (-age)

Data Point 12 Date: ____________


Hearing Rhymes: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): _________
YES NO YES NO YES NO YES NO
Word Word Word Word
Pair Pair Pair Pair
grape/grade blue/hue lot/cot zoo/zip
Saying Rhymes:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
get bile deer vet
Identifying Word Families:
Word Pair Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
Pair Pair Pair
maze/haze (-aze) duck/luck (-uck) face/lace (-ace) moon/noon (-oon)

129
RTI GRAPH
UNIVERSAL SCREENING & PROGRESS MONITORING
Rhyming and Word Families

Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each
comprehensive rhyming and word families assessment given.

Rhyming and Word Families


12

11

10

7
Student Score

0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
*Goal

*Establish goal line before intervention begins

130
Rhyming and Word Families Lesson Checklist
Date(s) lesson was Date lesson was
Name of Lesson taught mastered
Lesson 1: Hearing Three Letter Words that
Rhyme -at, -ad, -ag
Lesson 2: Hearing Three Letter Words that
Rhyme -ed, -en, -et
Lesson 3: Hearing Three Letter Words that
Rhyme -ig, -id, -ib
Lesson 4: Hearing Three Letter Words that
Rhyme -og, -ot, -od
Lesson 5: Hearing Three Letter Words that
Rhyme -ub, -ug, -um
Lesson 6: Saying Words that Rhyme -at,
-ad, -ag, -ed, -en, -et, -ig, -id, -ib, -og, -ot,
-od, -ub, -ug, -um
Lesson 7: Hearing More Words that Rhyme
-all, -alm, -ill, -old, -oll, -ell, -elp, -ull
Lesson 8: Hearing More Words that Rhyme
-and, -ang, -ank, -ing, -ink, -int
Lesson 9: Hearing More Words that Rhyme
-ond, -ong, -end, -ung, -unk, -ant
Lesson 10: Hearing More Words that Rhyme
-art, -ast, -ift, -irt, -ist, -ort
Lesson 11: Hearing More Words that Rhyme
-ost, -eft, -elt, -est, -ust, -ass
Lesson 12: Hearing More Words that Rhyme
-amp, -iss, -oss, -omp, -ess, -ump
Lesson 13: Saying More Words that Rhyme
-all, -alm, -ill, -old, -oll, -ell, -elp, -ull, -and,
-ang, -ank, -ing, -ink, -int, -ond, -ong, -end,
-ung, -unk, -ant, -art, -ast, -ift, -irt, -ist, -ort,
-ost, -eft, -elt, -est, -ust, -ass, -amp, -iss,
-oss, -omp, -ess, -ump
Lesson 14: Hearing Even More Words that
Rhyme -ash, -ath, -atch, -arch, -ish, -ith
Lesson 15: Even More Words that Rhyme
-itch, -irth, -osh, -otch, -oth, -orch
Lesson 16: Hearing Long Vowel Rhyming Words
-ace, -ade, -age, -ake, -ale, -ame, -ape
Lesson 17: Hearing Long Vowel Rhyming Words
-ate, -ice, -ide, -ife, -ile, -ine, -ite
131
Lesson 18: Hearing Long Vowel Rhyming Words
-ive, -ode, -oke, -ole, -one, -ope, -ote
Lesson 19: Hearing Special Long Vowel Rhyming
Words -aid, -ail, -ain, -ait, -ay, -eat, -each
Lesson 20: Hearing Special Long Vowel Rhyming
Words -ead, -eak, -eam, -ean, -eet,
-eed, -eek
Lesson 21:
Hearing Special Long Vowel Rhyming Words
-eel, -eem, -eep, -oach, -oad, -oam, -oan, oat
Lesson 22: Saying Even More Words that
Rhyme -ash, -ath, -atch, -arch, -ish, -ith,
-itch,-irth, -osh, -otch, -oth, -orch, -ace,
-ade, -age, -ake, -ale, -ame, -ape, -ate, -ice,
-ide, -ife, -ile, -ine, -ite, -ive, -ode, -oke, -ole,
-one, -ope, -ote, -aid, -ail, -ain, -ait, -ay,
-eat, -each, -ead, -eak, -eam, -ean, -eet,
-eed, -eek, -eel, -eem, -eep, -oach, -oad,
-oam, -oan, -oat
Lesson 23: Hearing Special Rhyming Words
-oil, -oin, -oint, -oist, -oot, -ook, -oom
Lesson 24: Hearing Special Rhyming Words
-ound, -our, -ouse, -out, -oon, -oop
Lesson 25: Hearing Special r-Controlled
Rhyming Words -ar, -ard, -arm, -arn, -art,
-er, -ern
Lesson 26: Hearing Special r-Controlled
Rhyming Words -ird, -irt, -or, -ord, -ork,
-orn, -ir, -ur
Lesson 27: Hearing Special l-Controlled
Rhyming Words -ald, -alk, -eld, -elt, -ild, -old
Lesson 28: Hearing Special w-Controlled
Rhyming Words -aw, -awn, -ew, -ow, -own
Lesson 29: Saying Even More Words that
Rhyme -oil, -oin, -oint, -oist, -oot, -ook, -oom, -
ound, -our, -ouse, -out, -oon, -oop, -ar, -ard,
-arm, -arn,-art, -er, -ern, -ird, -irt, -or,
-ord, -ork, -orn, -ir, -ur, -ald, -alk, -eld, -elt,
-ild, -old, -aw, -awn, -ew, -ow, -own
Lesson 30: Which Word Does Not Rhyme?
Lesson 31: Rhyming and Word Families Picture
Match
Lesson 32: Rhyming and Word Families Final
Review
132
Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 1)
Student Name: _______________________________ Grade: ___ Teacher: ___________
Use these sheets to document the student’s progression through the intervention.

Lesson 1: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -at, -ad, -ag
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-at -ad -ag
Date Mastered: ___________
Lesson 2: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -ed, -en, -et
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-ed -en -et
Date Mastered: ___________
Lesson 3: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -ig, -id, -ib
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-ig -id -ib
Date Mastered: ___________
Lesson 4: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -og, -ot, -od
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-og -ot -od
Date Mastered: ___________
Lesson 5: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -ub, -ug, -um
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-ub -ug -um
Date Mastered: ___________
Lesson 6: Saying Words that Rhyme -at, -ad, -ag, -ed, -en, -et, -ig, -id, -ib, -og, -ot, -od, -ub, -ug, -um
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-end each time the student is able to say two
words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately say pairs of rhyming words
consistently without assistance at least 3 consecutive times. THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT. BE SURE THE STUDENT
CAN AUTOMATICALLY HEAR AND SAY PAIRS OF RHYMING WORDS BEFORE MOVING ON TO THE NEXT LESSON.
-at -et -ot
-ad -ig -od
-ag -id -ub
-ed -ib -ug
-en -og -um
Date Mastered: ___________
Lesson 7: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -all, -alm, -ill, -old, -oll, -ell, -elp, -ull
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-all -alm -ill
-old -oll -ell
-elp -ull
Date Mastered: ___________

133
Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 2)
Student Name: _____________________________________
Lesson 8: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -and, -ang, -ank, -ing, -ink, -int
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-and -ang -ank
-ing -ink -int
Date Mastered: ___________
Lesson 9: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -ond, -ong, -end, -ung, -unk, -ant
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-ond -end -unk
-ong -ung -ant
Date Mastered: ___________
Lesson 10: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -art, -ast, -ift, -irt, -ist, -ort
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-art -ift -ist
-ast -irt -ort
Date Mastered: ___________
Lesson 11: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -ost, -eft, -elt, -est, -ust, -ass
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-ost -elt -ust
-eft -est -ass
Date Mastered: ___________
Lesson 12: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -amp, -iss, -oss, -omp, -ess, -ump
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-amp -oss -ess
-iss -omp -ump
Date Mastered: ___________
Lesson 13: Saying More Words that Rhyme -all, -alm, -ill, -old, -oll, -ell, -elp, -ull, -and, -ang, -ank, -ing,
-ink, -int, -ond, -ong, -end, -ung, -unk, -ant, -art, -ast, -ift, -irt, -ist, -ort, -ost, -eft, -elt, -est, -ust, -ass,
-amp, -iss, -oss, -omp, -ess, -ump,
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to say
two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately say pairs of rhyming words
consistently without assistance at least 2 consecutive times. THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT. BE SURE THE
STUDENT CAN AUTOMATICALLY HEAR AND SAY PAIRS OF RHYMING WORDS BEFORE MOVING ON TO THE NEXT
LESSON.
-all -and -end -ist -end -amp
-alm -ang -ung -ort -ung -iss
-ill -ank -unk -ost -unk -oss
-old -ing -ant -eft -ant -omp
-oll -ink -art -elt -art -ess
-ell -int -ast -est -ast -ump
-elp -ond -ift -ust -ift Date Mastered:
-ull -ong -irt -ass -irt ___________

134
Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 3)
Student Name: _____________________________________
Lesson 14: Hearing Even More Words that Rhyme -ash, -ath, -atch, -arch, -ish, -ith
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-ash -arch
-ath -ish
-atch -ith
Date Mastered: _________
Lesson 15: Hearing Even More Words that Rhyme -itch, -irth, -osh, -otch, -oth, -orch
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-itch -otch
-irth -oth
-osh -orch
Date Mastered: _________
Lesson 16: Hearing Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ace, -ade, -age, -ake, -ale, -ame, -ape
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-ace -ale
-ade -ame
-age -ape
-ake
Date Mastered: _________
Lesson 17: Hearing Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ate, -ice, -ide, -ife, -ile, -ine, -ite
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-ate -ile
-ice -ine
-ide -ite
-ife
Date Mastered: _________
Lesson 18: Hearing Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ive, -ode, -oke, -ole, -one, -ope, -ote
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-ive -one
-ode -ope
-oke -ote
-ole Date Mastered: ___________

Lesson 19: Hearing Special Long Vowel Rhyming Words -aid, -ail, -ain, -ait, -ay, -eat, -each
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-aid -ay
-ail -eat
-ain -each
-ait Date Mastered: ___________
135
Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 4)
Student Name: _____________________________________
Lesson 20: Hearing Special Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ead, -eak, -eam, -ean, -eet, -eed, -eek
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-ead -eet
-eak -eed
-eam -eek
-ean Date Mastered: ___________
Lesson 21: Hearing Special Long Vowel Rhyming Words -eel, -eem, -eep, -oach, -oad, -oam, -oan, oat
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-eel -oad
-eem -oam
-eep -oan
-oach -oat
Date Mastered: _________
Lesson 22: Saying Even More Words that Rhyme -ash, -ath, -atch, -arch, -ish, -ith, -itch,
-irth, -osh, -otch, -oth, -orch, -ace, -ade, -age, -ake, -ale, -ame, -ape, -ate, -ice, -ide, -ife, -ile,
-ine, -ite, -ive, -ode, -oke, -ole, -one, -ope, -ote, -aid, -ail, -ain, -ait, -ay, -eat, -each, -ead, -eak,
-eam, -ean, -eet, -eed, -eek, -eel, -eem, -eep, -oach, -oad, -oam, -oan, -oat
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to say
two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately say pairs of rhyming words
consistently without assistance at least 2 consecutive times. THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT. BE SURE THE STUDENT
CAN AUTOMATICALLY HEAR AND SAY PAIRS OF RHYMING WORDS BEFORE MOVING ON TO THE NEXT LESSON.
-ash -oth -ate -oke -ay -eek
-ath -orch -ice -ole -eat -eel
-atch -ace -ide -one -each -eem
-arch -ade -ife -ope -ead -eep
-ish -age -ile -ote -eak -oach
-ith -ake -ine -aid -eam -oad
-itch -ale -ite -ail -ean -oam
-irth -ame -ive -ain -eet -oan
-osh -ape -ode -ait -eed -oat
Date Mastered: _________
Lesson 23: Hearing Special Rhyming Words -oil, -oin, -oint, -oist, -oot, -ook, -oom
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-oil -oot
-oin -ook
-oint -oom
-oist Date Mastered: ___________
Lesson 24: Hearing Special Rhyming Words -ound, -our, -ouse, -out, -oon, -oop
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-ound -ouse -oon
-our -out -oop
Date Mastered: _________

136
Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 5)
Student Name: _____________________________________
Lesson 25: Hearing Special r-Controlled Rhyming Words -ar, -ard, -arm, -arn, -art, -er, -ern
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-ar -art
-ard -er
-arm -ern
-arn Date Mastered: _________

Lesson 26: Hearing Special r-Controlled Rhyming Words -ird, -irt, -or, -ord, -ork, -orn, -ir, -ur
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-ird -ork
-irt -orn
-or -ir
-ord -ur
Date Mastered: _________

Lesson 27: Hearing Special l-Controlled Rhyming Words -ald, -alk, -eld, -elt, -ild, -old
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-ald -elt
-alk -ild
-eld -old
Date Mastered: _________

Lesson 28: Hearing Special w-Controlled Rhyming Words -aw, -awn, -ew, -ow, -own
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to
identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of
rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times.
-aw -ow
-awn -own
-ew
Date Mastered: _________

Lesson 29: Saying Even More Words that Rhyme -oil, -oin, -oint, -oist, -oot, -ook, -oom, -ound,
-our, -ouse, -out, -oon, -oop, -ar, -ard, -arm, -arn, -art, -er, -ern, -ird, -irt, -or, -ord, -ork, -orn, -ir,
-ur, -ald, -alk, -eld, -elt, -ild, -old, -aw, -awn, -ew, -ow, -own
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word-ending every time the student is able to say two
words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately say pairs of rhyming words
consistently without assistance at least 2 consecutive times. THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT. BE SURE THE STUDENT
CAN AUTOMATICALLY HEAR AND SAY PAIRS OF RHYMING WORDS BEFORE MOVING ON TO THE NEXT LESSON.
-oil -ound -ard -irt -ald -awn
-oin -our -arm -or -alk -ew
-oint -ouse -arn -ord -eld -ow
-oist -out -art -ork -elt -own
-oot -oon -er -orn -ild Date
-ook -oop -ern -ir -old Mastered:
-oom -ar -ird -ur -aw _________

137
Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 6)
Student Name: _____________________________________
Lesson 30: Which Word Does Not Rhyme?
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Say each group of words and circle the word that does not rhyme with the
other two when the student accurately identifies it. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify the non-
rhyming word in a set of three words.

mouse/house/home toy/van/boy wet/hat/pat pig/hog/log hug/goat/boat

vase/hate/trace round/tall/ball bid/feed/lid eat/seek/beak bond/pond/frog

horse/dirt/hurt play/day/sun limb/leaf/grief found/word/bound book/hook/jerk

grin/fly/sly truck/ice/slice mold/cold/ice meat/glide/slide led/good/fed


Date Mastered: _________

Lesson 31: Rhyming and Word Families Picture Match


Assessment: Use the chart below to assess this activity. Have the student use the rhyming picture sheet on page 60. Begin by having
him/her say the name of each picture in the first row. Have him/her identify the pictures that rhyme with the first picture in the row
(there may be more than one that rhymes). Place a ‘√’ under the pictures the student gets correct (on the chart below). Continue in like
manner for rows 2, 3, and 4. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify and say the pictures/words that
rhyme with the first picture of each row.

rose broom nose price

cat rice bat hat

phone bone duck pants

bed sleep globe sled


Date Mastered: _________

Lesson 32: Rhyming and Word Families Final Review


This lesson is assessed through the use of picture cards, picture books, or magazine/newspaper pictures. The student has mastered
this lesson if he/she can easily and accurately identify words that rhyme using pictures and if he/she can orally say them. HAVE FUN
FINDING PAIRS OF RHYMING WORDS!
Date Mastered: _________

138
Rhyming and Word Families
Intervention Lessons

Use the following 32 lessons to guide you through


the rhyming and word families intervention.
Remember, the intervention is individualized to
the student’s needs and must be implemented at
the student’s pace. Don’t move to a new lesson
until mastery of the current lesson is achieved.
Teaching to MASTERY is the goal.

To determine whether or not mastery of each


lesson has been achieved, use the ‘Rhyming and
Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording
Sheets’ (pages 173-191) to measure the student’s
proficiency before beginning a new lesson.

139
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 1

Lesson Name: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -at, -ad, -ag

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from three different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘at’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards,
paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for both letters using a short ă sound. Say the
two letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many
words that end with the ‘at’ sound. Say several ‘at’ family words and point to the letters on display
in front of the student as each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several three-letter words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -ad and –ag

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

140
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 2

Lesson Name: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -ed, -en, -et

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from three different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘ed’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for both letters using a short ĕ sound. Say
the two letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are
many words that end with the ‘ed’ sound. Say several ‘ed’ family words and point to the letters on
display in front of the student as each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several three-letter words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -en and –et

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

141
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 3

Lesson Name: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -ig, -id, -ib

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from three different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘ig’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards,
paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for both letters using a short ĭ sound. Say the
two letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many
words that end with the ‘ig’ sound. Say several ‘ig’ family words and point to the letters on display
in front of the student as each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several three-letter words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -id and –ib

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

142
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 4

Lesson Name: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -og, -ot, -od

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from three different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘og’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards,
paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for both letters using a short ŏ sound. Say the
two letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many
words that end with the ‘og’ sound. Say several ‘og’ family words and point to the letters on
display in front of the student as each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several three-letter words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -ot and –od

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

143
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 5

Lesson Name: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -ub, -ug, -um

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from three different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘ub’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards,
paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for both letters using a short ŭ sound. Say the
two letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many
words that end with the ‘ub’ sound. Say several ‘ub’ family words and point to the letters on
display in front of the student as each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several three-letter words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families –ug and –um

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

144
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 6

Lesson Name: Saying Words that Rhyme -at, -ad, -ag, -ed, -en, -et, -ig, -id, -ib, -og, -ot, -od, -ub,
-ug, -um

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to word family words, the student
orally states pairs of words that rhyme.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that today he/she will practice saying rhyming words. Tell the
student that he/she will say words from the word families learned in lessons 1-5.

STEP TWO: On a piece of paper (or using letter cards, tiles, etc.) write one of the word endings
focused on in lessons 1-5. Pronounce the word family and have the student repeat.

STEP THREE: Model for the student how you can say two words from that word family that
rhyme. First, say the word ending. Next say one word from that family. Then say another word
from that family. Finally restate the word ending. (Example: “at” … “cat” … “bat” … “at”)

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that he/she will do the same with other word families.
Assist the student when he/she has trouble thinking of words that rhyme. Spend AMPLE time on
this step to ensure the student has a firm grasp on the concept of rhyming. DRILL AND
PRACTICE!! DRILL AND PRACTICE!! DRILL AND PRACTICE!!

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

145
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 7

Lesson Name: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -all, -alm, -ill, -old, -oll, -ell, -elp, -ull

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from eight different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘all’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards,
paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters. Say the letters blended
together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that end with
the ‘all’ sound. Say several ‘all’ family words by putting both single consonants and consonant
blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word
is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -alm, -ill, -old, -oll, -ell,
-elp, and –ull

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

146
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 8

Lesson Name: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -and, -ang, -ank, -ing, -ink, -int

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from six different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘and’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters. Say the letters
blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that
end with the ‘and’ sound. Say several ‘and’ family words by putting both single consonants and
consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as
each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -and, -ang, -ank, -ing, -ink,
and -int.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

147
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 9

Lesson Name: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -ond, -ong, -end, -ung, -unk, -ant

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from six different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘ond’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters. Say the letters
blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that
end with the ‘ond’ sound. Say several ‘ond’ family words by putting both single consonants and
consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as
each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -ong, -end, -ung, -unk, and -
ant.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

148
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 10

Lesson Name: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -art, -ast, -ift, -irt, -ist, -ort

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from six different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘art’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters. Say the letters
blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that
end with the ‘art’ sound. Say several ‘art’ family words by putting both single consonants and
consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as
each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families , -ast, -ift, -irt, -ist, and
-ort.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

149
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 11

Lesson Name: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -ost, -eft, -elt, -est, -ust, -ass

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from six different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘ost’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters. Say the letters
blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that
end with the ‘ost’ sound. Say several ‘ost’ family words by putting both single consonants and
consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as
each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -eft, -elt, -est, -ust, and -
ass.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

150
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 12

Lesson Name: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -amp, -iss, -oss, -omp, -ess, -ump

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from six different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘amp’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters. Say the letters
blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that
end with the ‘amp’ sound. Say several ‘amp’ family words by putting both single consonants and
consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as
each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families , -iss, -oss, -omp, -ess, and
-ump

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

151
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 13

Lesson Name: Saying More Words that Rhyme -all, -alm, -ill, -old, -oll, -ell, -elp, -ull, -and, -ang,
-ank, -ing, -ink, -int, -ond, -ong, -end, -ung, -unk, -ant, -art, -ast, -ift, -irt, -ist, -ort, -ost, -eft,
-elt, -est, -ust, -ass, -amp, -iss, -oss, -omp, -ess, -ump

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to word family words, the student
orally states pairs of words that rhyme.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that today he/she will practice saying rhyming words. Tell the
student that he/she will say words from the word families learned in lessons 6-12.

STEP TWO: On a piece of paper (or using letter cards, tiles, etc.) write one of the word endings
focused on in lessons 6-12. Pronounce the word family and have the student repeat.

STEP THREE: Model for the student how you can say two words from that word family that
rhyme. First, say the word ending. Next say one word from that family. Then say another word
from that family. Finally restate the word ending. (Example: “all” … “fall” … “tall” … “all”)

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that he/she will do the same with other word families.
Assist the student when he/she has trouble thinking of words that rhyme. Spend AMPLE time on
this step to ensure the student has a firm grasp on the concept of rhyming.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

152
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 14

Lesson Name: Hearing Even More Words that Rhyme -ash, -ath, -atch, -arch, -ish, -ith

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from six different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘ash’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters. Say the letters
blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that
end with the ‘ash’ sound. Say several ‘ash’ family words by putting both single consonants and
consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as
each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -ath, -atch, -arch, -ish, and
-ith.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

153
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 15

Lesson Name: Hearing Even More Words that Rhyme -itch, -irth, -osh, -otch, -oth, -orch

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from six different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘itch’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters. Say the letters
blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that
end with the ‘itch’ sound. Say several ‘itch’ family words by putting both single consonants and
consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as
each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -irth, -osh, -otch, -oth, and
-orch.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

154
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 16

Lesson Name: Hearing Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ace, -ade, -age, -ake, -ale, -ame, -ape

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘ace’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters using a long vowel
sound. Say the letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there
are many words that end with the ‘ace’ sound. Say several ‘ace’ family words by putting both single
consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of
the student as each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -ade, -age, -ake, -ale,
-ame, and –ape.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

155
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 17

Lesson Name: Hearing Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ate, -ice, -ide, -ife, -ile, -ine, -ite

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘ate’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters using a long vowel
sound. Say the letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there
are many words that end with the ‘ate’ sound. Say several ‘ate’ family words by putting both single
consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of
the student as each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -ice, -ide, -ife, -ile, -ine,
and -ite.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

156
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 18

Lesson Name: Hearing Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ive, -ode, -oke, -ole, -one, -ope, -ote

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘ive’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters using a long vowel
sound. Say the letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there
are many words that end with the ‘ive’ sound. Say several ‘ive’ family words by putting both single
consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of
the student as each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -ode, -oke, -ole, -one,
-ope, and -ote.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

157
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 19

Lesson Name: Hearing Special Long Vowel Rhyming Words -aid, -ail, -ain, -ait, -ay, -eat,
-each

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘aid’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Explain that this word family is special because it has two vowels next
to each other. Also explain that in these words, only the first vowel makes a sound while the
other vowel is remains silent. Pronounce the word ending ‘aid’ paying close attention to the first
vowel saying its name. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ‘aid’ sound.
Say several ‘aid’ family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of
the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -ail, -ain, -ait, -ay, -eat,
and -each.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL


158
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 20

Lesson Name: Hearing Special Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ead, -eak, -eam, -ean, -eet, -eed, -eek

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘ead’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Explain that this word family is special because it has two vowels next
to each other. Also explain that in these words, only the first vowel makes a sound while the
other vowel is remains silent. Pronounce the word ending ‘ead’ paying close attention to the first
vowel saying its name. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ‘ead’ sound.
Say several ‘ead’ family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of
the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -eak, -eam, -ean, -eet,
-eed, and -eek.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

159
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 21

Lesson Name: Hearing Special Long Vowel Rhyming Words -eel, -eem, -eep, -oach, -oad,
-oam, -oan, oat

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘eel’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Explain that this word family is special because it has two vowels next
to each other. Also explain that in these words, only the first vowel makes a sound while the
other vowel is remains silent. Pronounce the word ending ‘eel’ paying close attention to the first
vowel saying its name. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ‘eel’ sound.
Say several ‘eel’ family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of
the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -eem, -eep, -oach, -oad,
-oam, -oan, and -oat.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.
TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL
160
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 22

Lesson Name: Saying Even More Words that Rhyme -ash, -ath, -atch, -arch, -ish, -ith, -itch,
-irth, -osh, -otch, -oth, -orch, -ace, -ade, -age, -ake, -ale, -ame, -ape, -ate, -ice, -ide, -ife, -ile,
-ine, -ite, -ive, -ode, -oke, -ole, -one, -ope, -ote, -aid, -ail, -ain, -ait, -ay, -eat, -each, -ead, -eak,
-eam, -ean, -eet, -eed, -eek, -eel, -eem, -eep, -oach, -oad, -oam, -oan, -oat

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to word family words, the student
orally states pairs of words that rhyme.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that today he/she will practice saying rhyming words. Tell the
student that he/she will say words from the word families learned in lessons 14-21.

STEP TWO: On a piece of paper (or using letter cards, tiles, etc.) write one of the word endings
focused on in lessons 14-21. Pronounce the word family and have the student repeat.

STEP THREE: Model for the student how you can say two words from that word family that
rhyme. First, say the word ending. Next say one word from that family. Then say another word
from that family. Finally restate the word ending. (Example: “ash” … “bash” … “trash” … ash”)

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that he/she will do the same with other word families.
Assist the student when he/she has trouble thinking of words that rhyme. Spend AMPLE time on
this step to ensure the student has a firm grasp on the concept of rhyming.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

161
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 23
Lesson Name: Hearing Special Rhyming Words -oil, -oin, -oint, -oist, -oot, -ook, -oom

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘oil’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards,
paper-pencil, etc.). Explain that this word family is special because the vowels make a special
sound. Explain that in these words, the vowel combination of /oi/ makes the /oi/ sound (as the ‘oy’
sound in ‘boy’). Pronounce the word ending ‘oil’ paying close attention to the /oi/ sound. Tell the
student that there are many words that end with the ‘oil’ sound. Say several ‘oil’ family words by
putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on
display in front of the student as each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -oin, -oint, -oist, -oot,
-ook, and -oom. Special Note: When working with the -oot, -ook, and -oom sounds be sure to
focus on those special sounds. The rhyming lessons in this chapter are designed to train the
student’s ears and not teach specific phonics rules. However, it is advisable to inform the student
that several word family words do not follow the same rules that many of the other words do.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.
TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

162
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 24
Lesson Name: Hearing Special Rhyming Words -ound, -our, -ouse, -out, -oon, -oop

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘ound’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Explain that this word family is special because the vowels make a
special sound. Explain that in these words, the vowel combination of ‘ou’ makes the /ou/ sound
(the same sound we say when we are in pain). Pronounce the word ending ‘ound’ paying close
attention to the /ou/ sound. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ‘ound’
sound. Say several ‘ound’ family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in
front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is
pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -our, -ouse, -out, -oon, and
-oop. Special Note: When working with the -oon and -oop words, be sure to focus on those
special sounds. The rhyming lessons in this chapter are designed to train the student’s ears and
not teach specific phonics rules. However, it is advisable to inform the student that several word
family words do not follow the same rules that many of the other words do.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.
TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL
163
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 25

Lesson Name: Hearing Special r-Controlled Rhyming Words -ar, -ard, -arm, -arn, -art, -er,
-ern

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘ar’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards,
paper-pencil, etc.). Explain that this word family is special because the letter ‘r’ controls what the
vowel says. Explain that in these words, the ‘ar’ sound says the /ar/ sound (as in the sound that
pirates make). Pronounce the word ending ‘ar’ paying close attention to the /ar/ sound. Tell the
student that there are many words that end with the ‘ar’ sound. Say several ‘ar’ family words by
putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on
display in front of the student as each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -ard, -arm, -arn, -art, -er,
and -ern

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

164
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 26

Lesson Name: Hearing Special r-Controlled Rhyming Words -ird, -irt, -or, -ord, -ork, -orn, -ir, -
ur

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘ird’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Explain that this word family is special because the letter ‘r’ controls
what the vowel says. Explain that in these words, the ‘ird’ sound says the /ird/ sound (as in the
word ‘bird’). Pronounce the word ending ‘ird’ paying close attention to the /ird/ sound. Tell the
student that there are many words that end with the ‘ird’ sound. Say several ‘ird’ family words by
putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on
display in front of the student as each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -irt, -or, -ord, -ork, -orn,
-ir, and -ur.

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL


165
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 27

Lesson Name: Hearing Special l-Controlled Rhyming Words -ald, -alk, -eld, -elt, -ild, -old

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘ald’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Explain that this word family is special because the letter ‘l’ controls
what the vowel says. Pronounce the word ending ‘ald’ paying close attention to the /ald/ sound.
Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ‘ald’ sound. Say several ‘ald’ family
words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the
letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -alk, -eld, -elt, -ild, and
-old

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

166
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 28

Lesson Name: Hearing Special w-Controlled Rhyming Words -aw, -awn, -ew, -ow, -own

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student


identifies words that are from the same word family.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have
the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter
or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words
belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because
their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word
families.

STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ‘aw’ (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter
cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Explain that this word family is special because the letter ‘w’ controls
what the vowel says. Pronounce the word ending ‘aw’ paying close attention to the /aw/ sound.
Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ‘aw’ sound. Say several ‘aw’ family
words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the
letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced.

STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say
several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the
targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word
family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words
that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation.

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called
rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have
the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student
say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don’t rhyme.

STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -awn, -ew, -ow, and -own

STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

167
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 29

Lesson Name: Saying Even More Words that Rhyme -oil, -oin, -oint, -oist, -oot, -ook, -oom,
-ound, -our, -ouse, -out, -oon, -oop, -ar, -ard, -arm, -arn, -art, -er, -ern, -ird, -irt, -or, -ord, -ork, -
orn, -ir, -ur, -ald, -alk, -eld, -elt, -ild, -old, -aw, -awn, -ew, -ow, -own

Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to word family words, the student
orally states pairs of words that rhyme.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that today he/she will practice saying rhyming words. Tell the
student that he/she will say words from the word families learned in lessons 23-28.

STEP TWO: On a piece of paper (or using letter cards, tiles, etc.) write one of the word endings
focused on in lessons 23-28. Pronounce the word family and have the student repeat.

STEP THREE: Model for the student how you can say two words from that word family that
rhyme. First, say the word ending. Next say one word from that family. Then say another word
from that family. Finally restate the word ending. (Example: “oil” … “soil” … “broil” … “oil”)

STEP FOUR: Explain to student that he/she will do the same with other word families.
Assist the student when he/she has trouble thinking of words that rhyme. Spend AMPLE time on
this step to ensure the student has a firm grasp on the concept of rhyming.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

168
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 30

Lesson Name: Which Word Does Not Rhyme?

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student listens to three words and identifies the word that
does not rhyme.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student rhyming and word family skills. Say a word ending and have the
student say at least two words that are part of that family. Continue reviewing until the student
can easily say words that rhyme.

STEP TWO: Explain to student that today he/she will listen to three words and will identify the
word that does not rhyme with the other two.

STEP THREE: Practice this skill by clearly and concisely saying three one-syllable words (two
that rhyme and one that doesn’t rhyme) and have the student orally state the word that doesn’t
rhyme.

STEP FOUR: Continue step three until the student can easily and accurately identify the word
that does not rhyme with the other two.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

169
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 31

Lesson Name: Rhyming and Word Families Picture Match

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student uses pictures to identify words that rhyme.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student rhyming and word family skills. Say a word ending and have the
student say at least two words that are part of that family. Continue reviewing until the student
can easily say words that rhyme.

STEP TWO: Explain to student that today he/she will identify rhyming words using picture
cards.

STEP THREE: Using picture cards (there are pictures included at the back of this book that may
be used for this activity if you don’t already have picture cards available) have the student state
which of three cards rhymes with a fourth focus picture. Present the student with a row of four
pictures and have him/her say the name of each. Have the student point to and say the words
that rhyme with the first picture in the row.

STEP FOUR: Continue step three until the student can easily and accurately identify
pictures/words that rhyme with a particular focus picture/word.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

170
Which Pictures Rhyme with the First Picture on the Row?

171
Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 32

Lesson Name: Rhyming and Word Families Final Review

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student uses pictures to identify words that rhyme.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student rhyming and word family skills. Say a word ending and have the
student say at least two words that are part of that family. Continue reviewing until the student
can easily say words that rhyme.

STEP TWO: Explain to student that today he/she will identify rhyming words using picture
cards.

STEP THREE: Using picture cards have the student sort cards based on their word endings. Be
sure to have the student say the names of each word to ensure understanding of rhyming and
word families.

STEP FOUR: Create fun ways of using the picture cards to promote mastery. For example use
the cards to play “Concentration” or “Go Fish”.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Rhyming and Word
Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has
been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

172
Word Family Cards

at ad
ag ed
en et
ig id
173
ib og
ot od
ub ug
um all
174
alm ill
old oll
ell elp
ull and
175
ang ank
ing ink
int ond
ong end
176
ung unk
ant art
ast ift
irt ist
177
ort ost
eft elt
est ust
ass amp
178
iss oss
omp ess
ump ash
ath atch
179
arch ish
ith itch
irth osh
otch oth
180
orch ace
ade age
ake ale
ame ape
181
ate ice
ide ife
ile ine
ite ive
182
ode oke
ole one
ope ote
aid ail
183
ain ait
ay eat
each ead
eak eam
184
ean eet
eed eek
eel eem
eep oach
185
oad oam
oan oat
oil oin
oint oist
186
oot ook
oom ound
our ouse
out oon
187
oop ar
ard arm
arn art
er ern
188
ird irt
or ord
ork orn
ir ur
189
ald alk
eld elt
ild old
aw awn
190
ew ow
own

191
192
WORD PARTS
AND
SEGMENTING

193
WORD PARTS AND SEGMENTING OVERVIEW
Once it is determined that a student needs this intervention (as evidenced on the Universal
Screening: Word Parts and Segmenting Assessment), make a copy of the appropriate
pages (listed on the “Word Parts and Segmenting Let’s Get Started!” page) including the
“Word Parts and Segmenting Lesson Checklist.” Use the checklist to check off when each
lesson was taught and when it was mastered. Do not move forward to a new lesson until the
student has mastered the lesson he/she is currently on. Also, to assess the student’s
response to the intervention, be sure to monitor his/her progress weekly throughout the
twelve-week implementation period using the Progress Monitoring Assessments (regardless
of which lesson he/she is currently working on). If a student completes all of the Word
Parts and Segmenting lessons within two to six weeks, he/she still needs to be assessed for
at least 2 additional weeks past the point of mastery so as to rule out “lucky guesses” or a
“fluke” with the assessment showing said mastery, If the student has truly MASTERED the
Word Parts and Segmenting Intervention before the 12-week intervention period ends (as
evidenced by the Progress Monitoring: Word Parts and Segmenting Assessments), it
would be prudent to move on to an intervention which focuses on more complex concepts
such as blending. Be sure to collect baseline data before beginning any new intervention.

The mini- assessments that are a part of the individual lessons are NOT to be used as data
point assessments or the universal screening/baseline. The purpose of those assessments is
to assist the teacher, tutor, or interventionist in knowing whether or not the student has or
has not mastered a particular lesson. The overall timeline for the intervention is 12 weeks
with at least three 30-minute sessions occurring each week. However, the intervention
session lessons in this manual are not timed and should be taught in succession. The student
sets the pace according to his/her ability to understand and master the material. A student
may be able to finish two or three lessons in a twenty or thirty minute time span whereas
another student may be able to only complete and master one lesson over a period of three
or four days or even weeks. RTI is an individualized process and is strictly geared to meet
the individual needs of the student. This book is not intended to replace the regular
classroom curriculum and is not comprehensive or exhaustive. The lessons in this manual
should be considered supplemental to what is already being taught in the classroom and are
geared to help fill the learning gaps of struggling students whose weak phonics skills
interfere with their ability to read fluently which then negatively impacts their ability to
comprehend written text. This intervention is intended to strengthen skills through
intensive exposure to basic phonological concepts and each individual lesson should be
taught to mastery. Using sorting, comparing and contrasting activities, repetition, and drill
and practice, this intervention can bring success to those who otherwise would continue to
fall through the cracks by helping build a strong foundation on which higher levels of
learning can occur.

194
PROGRESS MONITORING
As stated before, in order to ascertain whether or not the Word Parts and Segmenting
intervention in this manual is effective, data should be gathered on a weekly basis through
the progress monitoring assessments. As with the universal screening, the student must
complete the progress monitoring assessments without extra prompts or assistance. All
progress monitoring assessments can be scored directly on the corresponding recording
sheets provided to you in this manual. It is worthy to note that the universal
screening/baseline assessments are identical to the weekly progress monitoring assessments
in both format and structure. This gives the educator/assessor a simple way to collect data
as well as creates a format that is easy to read and analyze. Because of the continuity among
the assessments, the educator/assessor will essentially be comparing ‘oranges to oranges’
which allows for a more accurate picture of how the student is progressing throughout the
intervention.
PROGRESS MONITORING DOCUMENTATION, GRAPH, AND DATA ANALYSIS For the
purpose of data analysis for the Word Parts and Segmenting intervention, a graph will be
needed to record the data from the universal screening/baseline assessment and each
progress monitoring assessment. Graphs are an easy-to-read ‘snap shot’ of how the student
performs each week and are an excellent tool to use when looking at overall progress and
effectiveness of an intervention. The data should be analyzed weekly rather than at the end
of the 12 weeks so that changes or adjustments to the intervention may be made DURING
the 12 week period. The graph below is an example of what an RTI intervention graph may
look like after the 11th week of the Word Parts and Segmenting intervention. Careful
examination of the data collected each week must occur (preferably in the context of a data
analysis team) in order to adequately assess the effectiveness of the intervention and to
pinpoint areas of weakness. This on-going weekly review of the data is crucial and should be
the catalyst which drives future instruction for the struggling student.

SAMPLE GRAPH FOR STUDENT ‘X’:

Word Parts and Segmenting


20
18
16
Student Score

14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date 8/7 8/14 8/21 8/27 9/3 9/10 9/17 9/24 10/1 10/8 10/15 10/22 10/29
Student Score 0 3 3 3 5 6 6 8 9 8 11
Goal Score* 1 3 5 6 7 9 11 13 15 17 18 19 20

195
What does the sample graph on the previous page tell us about Student ‘X’? According to the
universal screening/baseline assessment (given 8-7-11) the student scored a 0 out of a possible 20
signifying he/she lacks the ability to count syllables, segment words using syllables or phonemes, or to
say words omitting a specific phoneme. After 10 weeks of the word parts and segmenting
intervention, Student ‘X’ has made progress but has yet to reach his/her goal score. Twice the
scores remained the same and even one regression in scores was noted. However, Student ‘X’s growth
line overall steadily increased. At the end of the 10th week of intervention, Student ‘X’ has
consistently fallen short of the weekly goals but is showing gains overall. Additional time with
the same intervention may be the recommendation for this student until mastery has been
achieved.

SPECIAL NOTE:
Supplemental Progress Monitoring Assessments of the following sub-segmenting skills are included
in this manual to give the teacher/interventionist the option of documenting each skill separately:
 Counting Syllables
 Word Segmentation: Syllables
 Segmenting Onset-Rimes
 Phoneme Deletion
 Word Segmentation: Phonemes

Individual student assessment sheets and RTI graphs are also included for each skill.

196
Let’s Get Started!
To implement the Word Parts and Segmenting intervention in this manual, copy the following
pages for each student in the intervention group:

 Universal Screening Teacher Recording Sheet (p. 198)


 Progress Monitoring Teacher Recording Sheets (pp. 199-204)
 Universal Screening & Progress Monitoring RTI Graph (p. 205)
 Word Parts and Segmenting Lessons Checklist (p. 216)
 Word Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (pp. 217-222)

If more specific segmenting data is needed or warranted, copy one or more of the following:
 Counting Syllables (p. 206)
 Counting Syllables Graph (p. 207)
 Word Segmentation: Syllables (p. 208)
 Word Segmentation: Syllables Graph (p. 209)
 Segmenting Onset-Rimes (p. 210)
 Segmenting Onset-Rimes Graph (p. 211)
 Phoneme Deletion (p. 212)
 Phoneme Deletion Graph (p. 213)
 Word Segmentation: Phonemes (p. 214)
 Word Segmentation: Phones Graph (p. 215)

197
Universal Screening
Word Parts and Segmenting

Student Name: _______________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: __________ Date: _______

Section A. Counting Syllables: Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student state
how many word parts (syllables) he/she hears in each word. Place a check next to each correct response.
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
book (1) sister (2) sad (1) computer (3)

Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables): Say each multi-syllable word below clearly and
concisely. Have the student segment the word into syllables and orally say each part separately. (Example:
trophy = tro…phy). Place a check under each correct response.
dishwasher tickle bookmark assistant
(dish…wa…sher) (tic…kle) (book…mark) (a…sis…tant)

Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime: Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student
separate the word by saying the onset-rime and then the remaining part of the word (Example: “top” = “/t/-
op”). Place a check under each correct response.
pig spool hold moon
(/p/-ig) (/sp/-ool) (/h/-old) (/m/-oon)

Section D. Phoneme Deletion: Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student say the
word after omitting either the beginning sound or the ending sound (indicated underneath each word).
(Example: “Say ‘sad’ without its beginning sound” = ‘ăd’, “Say ‘bone’ without its ending sound” = ‘bō’). Place a
check under each correct response.
his kite slack map
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound
ĭz kī ăck mă

Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes): Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the
student say all of the sounds (phonemes) he/she hears in each word (Example: “flag” = /f/ /l/ /ă/ /g/).
Place a check under each correct response.
pot late deer sup
(/p//ŏ//t/) (/l//ā//t/) (/d//ē//r/) (/s//ŭ//p/)

Total # Correct _______ (Total # Possible = 20)

198
Progress Monitoring Teacher Recording Sheet
Word Parts and Segmenting
Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment.
Data Point 1 Date: ____________
Section A. Counting Syllables:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
bag (1) puppy (2) universe (3) taco (2)

Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables):


envelope story sandwich potato
(en…ve…lope) (stor…y) (sand…wich) (po…ta…to)

Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime:


gold thump weep slurp
(/g/-old) (/th/-ump) (/w/-eep) (/sl/-urp)

Section D. Phoneme Deletion:


mad nut cape pen
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound
ăd nŭ āpe pĕ
Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes):
pack tip head rug
(/p//ă//k/) (/t//ĭ//p/) (/h//ĕ//d/) (/r//ŭ//g/)

Total Correct (out of 20): ________

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Data Point 2 Date: ____________
Section A. Counting Syllables:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
messy (2) running (2) notebook (2) house (1)

Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables):


fishtail animal mountain flooring
(fish…tail) (an…i…mal) (moun…tain) (floor…ing)

Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime:


lend tight long deal
(/l/-end) (/t/-ight) (/l/-ong) (/d/-eal)

Section D. Phoneme Deletion:


save desk cup craze
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound
āve dĕs ŭp crā
Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes):
tide same reed cud
(/t//ī//d/) (/s//ā//m/) (/r//ē//d/) (/c//ŭ//d/)

Total Correct (out of 20): ________

199
Progress Monitoring: Word Parts and Segmenting (con’t)
Student Name: ________________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment
Data Point 3 Date: ____________
Section A. Counting Syllables:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
situation (4) open (2) basement (2) cafeteria (5)

Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables):


mechanic hamburger ocean planted
(me…cha…nic) (ham…bur…ger) (ocean) (plan…ted)

Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime:


drink grab cop ship
(/dr/-ink) (/gr/-ab) (/c/-op) (/sh/-ip)

Section D. Phoneme Deletion:


spoon gong walk take
omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit ending sound
spoo ŏng wal tā
Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes):
bike gave wham fog
(/b//ī//k/) (/g//ā//v/) (/w//ă//m/) (/f//ŏ//g/)

Total Correct (out of 20): ________

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Data Point 4 Date: ____________
Section A. Counting Syllables:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
burn (1) serious (3) laugh (1) driveway (2)

Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables):


stereo clockwise pencil computer
(ster…e…o) (clock…wise) (pen…cil) (com…pu…ter)

Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime:


tape group sting jest
(/t/-ape) (/gr/-oup) (/st/-ing) (/j/-est)

Section D. Phoneme Deletion:


home work paw plant
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound
ōme wor aw plăn
Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes):
creep mop dame jet
(/cr//ē//p/) (/m//ŏ//p/) (/d//ā//m/) (/j//ĕ//t/)

Total Correct (out of 20): ________

200
Progress Monitoring: Word Parts and Segmenting (con’t)
Student Name: ________________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment
Data Point 5 Date: ____________
Section A. Counting Syllables:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
hotdog (2) animal (3) book (1) road (1)

Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables):


paperclip recliner television carwash
(pa…per…clip) (re…cli…ner) (tel…e…vi…sion) (car…wash)

Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime:


climb place jeer cross
(/cl/-imb) (/pl/-ace) (/j/-eer) (/cr/-oss)

Section D. Phoneme Deletion:


food sprite slump milk
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound
ood sprī lŭmp mĭl
Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes):
rap fuss sum joke
(/r//ă//p/) (/f//ŭ//s/) (/s//ŭ//m/) (/j//ō//k/)

Total Correct (out of 20): ________

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Data Point 6 Date: ____________
Section A. Counting Syllables:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
picture (2) amazing (3) bottle (2) car (1)

Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables):


purple homerun piggy keyboard
(pur…ple) (home…run) (pig…gy) (key…board)

Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime:


mum flask next mark
(/m/-um) (/fl/-ask) (/n/-ext) (/m/-ark)

Section D. Phoneme Deletion:


smell floor jump snake
omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit ending sound
smĕ or jŭm snā
Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes):
kiss made heed gold
(/k//ĭ//s/) (/m//ā//d/) (/h//ē//d/) (/g//ō//l//d/)

Total Correct (out of 20): ________

201
Progress Monitoring: Word Parts and Segmenting (con’t)
Student Name: ________________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment
Data Point 7 Date: ____________
Section A. Counting Syllables:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
shark (1) tortilla (3) subway (2) telephone (3)

Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables):


pocket humming snowman eating
(poc…ket) (hum…ming) (snow…man) (eat…ing)

Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime:


dread buck sun slope
(/dr/-ead) (/b/-uck) (/s/-un) (/sl/-ope)

Section D. Phoneme Deletion:


bed cut lace math
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound
ĕd cŭ āce mă
Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes):
yet pug hot bath
(/y//ĕ//t/) (/p//ŭ//g/) (/h//ŏ//t/) (/b//ă//th/)

Total Correct (out of 20): ________

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Data Point 8 Date: ____________
Section A. Counting Syllables:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
caterpillar (4) hug (1) pig (1) mountain (2)

Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables):


muscle sidewalk cereal elephant
(mus…cle) (side…walk) (ce…re…al) (el…e…phant)

Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime:


clap lock rump grace
(/kl/-ap) (/l/-ock) (/r/-ump) (/gr/-ace)

Section D. Phoneme Deletion:


wind cheeze horse tack
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound
ĭnd chē orse tă
Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes):
grit side jam hole
(/gr//ĭ//t/) (/s//ī//d/) (/j//ă//m/) (/h//ō//l/)

Total Correct (out of 20): ________

202
Progress Monitoring: Word Parts and Segmenting (con’t)
Student Name: ________________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment
Data Point 9 Date: ____________
Section A. Counting Syllables:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
responsible (4) true (1) silly (2) kitten (2)

Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables):


coffee daily software funny
(cof…fee) (dai…ly) (soft…ware) (fun…ny)

Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime:


job free snip heat
(/j/-ob) (/fr/-ee) (/sn/-ip) (/h/-eat)

Section D. Phoneme Deletion:


cake ripe key start
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound
āke īpe ē star
Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes):
quake lend bump box
(/qu//ā//k/) (/l//ĕ//nd/) (/b//ŭ//mp/) (/b//ŏ//x/)

Total Correct (out of 20): ________

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Data Point 10 Date: ____________
Section A. Counting Syllables:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
cabinet (3) yellow (2) automobile (4) wind (1)

Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables):


lightning copper roadside underneath
(light…ning) (cop…per) (road…side) (un…der…neath)

Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime:


thump shave pint fish
(/th/-ump) (/sh/-ave) (/p/-int) (/f/-ish)

Section D. Phoneme Deletion:


broke chip vase neck
omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit ending sound
brō ĭp vā nĕ
Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes):
get skull fright fan
(/g//ĕ//t/) (/sk//ŭ//l/) (/fr//ī//t/) (/f//ă//n/)

Total Correct (out of 20): ________

203
Progress Monitoring: Word Parts and Segmenting (con’t)
Student Name: ________________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment
Data Point 11 Date: ____________
Section A. Counting Syllables:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
learning (2) watch (1) necklace (2) happiness (3)

Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables):


postman lovely cranking popcorn
(post…man) (love…ly) (crank…ing) (pop…corn)

Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime:


wash like grow zeal
(/w/-ash) (/l/-ike) (/gr/-ow) (/z/-eal)

Section D. Phoneme Deletion:


sheet punch snore red
omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit ending sound
shē ŭnch snō rĕ
Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes):
feet rot cope tale
(/f//ē//t/) (/r//ŏ//t/) (/c//ō//p/) (/t//ā//l/)

Total Correct (out of 20): ________

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Data Point 12 Date: ____________
Section A. Counting Syllables:
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
photograph (3) empty (2) something (2) suit (1)

Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables):


waffle machine copy submarine
(waf…fle) (ma…chine) (co…py) (sub…ma…rine)

Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime:


shed cast brag vane
(/sh/-ed) (/k/-ast) (/br/-ag) (/v/-ane)

Section D. Phoneme Deletion:


buzz bee stripe slap
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound
ŭzz /b/ īpe slă
Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes):
hill tote wag pet
(/h//ĭ//l/) (/t//ō//t/) (/w//ă//g/) (/p//ĕ//t/)

Total Correct (out of 20): ________

204
RTI GRAPH
UNIVERSAL SCREENING & PROGRESS MONITORING
Word Parts and Segmenting

Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each
Word Parts and Segmenting assessment given.

Word Parts and Segmenting


20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
Student Score

11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
*Goal

*Establish goal line before intervention begins

205
Supplemental Progress Monitoring
Word Parts and Segmenting (counting syllables)
Student Name: ___________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ______________
Directions: Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student state how many word parts (syllables) he/she hears in each
word. Place a check under each correct response.
Baseline: (Date: ____________)
bag puppy universe taco computer messy running notebook paper house

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 1: (Date: ____________)
situation open basement classroom teacher cafeteria burn pig serious laugh

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 2: (Date: ____________)
hotdog animal book road car driveway picture running glasses amazing

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 3: (Date: ____________)
telephone bottle subway tortilla mountain dress caterpillar shark sidewalk easy

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 4: (Date: ____________)
yellow money hug responsible little cabinet silly true kitten good

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 5: (Date: ____________)
automobile sandwich watch hair necklace wind singing learning ran happiness

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 6: (Date: ____________)
coffee photograph empty elephant funny video suit sandals towel candy

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 7: (Date: ____________)
head ready lively machine milkshake percussion stomach princesses giant something

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 8: (Date: ____________)
yesterday queen wonderland talking hat purple delicious paperclip right planted

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 9: (Date: ____________)
sunshine popcorn ashtray tiger selection testing audition bathroom chip bowl

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 10: (Date: ____________)
afternoon water pool trees writing painful crunchy chicken watermelon sleepy

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 11: (Date: ____________)
present highway bottom velvet comb bubblegum amusement grocery clasp it

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 12: (Date: ____________)
radio lost baseball cookies underneath maze blizzard sunny dependable smile

Total # Correct: _____


206
Supplemental RTI GRAPH
Word Parts and Segmenting (counting syllables)

Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each
Word Parts and Segmenting (counting syllables) assessment given.

Word Parts and Segmenting (counting syllables)


10

6
Student Score

0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
*Goal

*Establish goal line before intervention begins

207
Supplemental Progress Monitoring
Word Parts and Segmenting (word segmentation: syllables)
Student Name: ___________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ______________
Directions: Say each multi-syllable word below clearly and concisely. Have the student segment the word into syllables
and orally say each part separately. (Example: trophy = tro…phy). Place a check under each correct response.
Baseline: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____
paper kitten printer envelope story sandwich potato buggie waterfall season
(pa…per) (kit…ten) (Prin…ter) (en…ve…lope) (stor…y) (sand…wich) (po…ta…to) (bug…gie) (wa…ter…fall) (sea…son)

Data Point 1: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


caterpiller messy tortilla monkey notebook telephone bottle glasses subway sipping
(ca…ter…pil…ler) (mes…sy) (tor…til…la) (mon…key) (note…book) (tel…e…phone) (bot…tle) (glass…es) (sub…way) (sip…ping)

Data Point 2: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


fishtail animal mountain flooring cabinet driveway picture running hotdog bookcase
(fish…tail) (an…i…mal) (moun…tain) (floor…ing) (cab…i…net) (drive…way) (pic…ture) (run…ning) (hot…dog) (book…case)

Data Point 3: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


mechanic hamburger ocean planted stereo clockwise pencil computer doctor simple
(me…cha…nic) (ham…bur…ger) (ocean) (plan…ted) (ster…e…o) (clock…wise) (pen…cil) (com…pu…ter) (doc…tor) (sim…ple)

Data Point 4: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


universe stairway paperclip recliner television carwash purple homerun piggy keyboard
(u…ni…verse) (stair…way) (pa…per…clip) (re…cli…ner) (tel…e…vi…sion) (car…wash) (pur…ple) (home…run) (pig…gy) (key…board)

Data Point 5: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


grapefruit turkey automobile teacher pocket humming snowman eating example trashcan
(grape…fruit) (tur…key) (au…to…mo…bile) (tea…cher) (poc…ket) (hum…ming) (snow…man) (eat…ing) (ex…am…ple) (trash…can)

Data Point 6: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


muscle sidewalk cereal elephant photograph empty coffee daily software funny
(mus…cle) (side…walk) (ce…re…al) (el…e…phant) (phot…o…graph) (emp…ty) (cof…fee) (dai…ly) (soft…ware) (fun…ny)

Data Point 7: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


lightning copper roadside underneath happiness sofa video freshness peanut telephone
(light…ning) (cop…per) (road…side) (un…der…neath) (hap…pi…ness) (so…fa) (vid…e…o) (fresh…ness) (pea…nut) (te…le…phone)

Data Point 8: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


waffle machine copy submarine adventure yesterday wonderland mustard engine carpet
(waf…fle) (ma…chine) (co…py) (sub…ma…rine) (ad…ven…ture) (yes…ter…day) (won…der…land) (mus…tard) (en…gine) (car…pet)

Data Point 9: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


postman lovely cranking popcorn swallow barnyard inside situation ashtray sunshine
(post…man) (love…ly) (crank…ing) (pop…corn) (swal…low) (barn…yard) (in…side) (sit…u…a…tion) (ash…tray) (sun…shine)

Data Point 10: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


watermelon doorframe money swimming emotional headache crispy tiger extreme lazy
(wa…ter…mel…lon) (door…frame) (mon…ey) (swim…ming) (e…mo…tion…al) (head…ache) (cris…py) (ti…ger) (ex…treme) (la…zy)

Data Point 11: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


baby mothing soupy Alabama rocking railroad curtain excited platter horses
(ba…by) (noth…ing) (sou…py) (Al…a…ba…ma) (roc.k…ing) (rail…road) (cur…tain) (ex…ci…ted) (plat…ter) (hor…ses)

Data Point 12: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


habitat crocodile electric clothesline radio eyeball lemon sitting windy exhausted
(ha…bi…tat) (croc…o…dile) (e…lec…tric) (clothes…line) (ra…di…o) (eye…ball) (lem…on) (sit…ting) (win…dy) (ex…haus…ted)

208
Supplemental RTI GRAPH
Word Parts and Segmenting (word segmentation: syllables)

Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each
Word Parts and Segmenting (word segmentation: syllables) assessment given.

Word Parts and Segmenting (word segmentation: syllables)


10

6
Student Score

0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
*Goal

*Establish goal line before intervention begins

209
Supplemental Progress Monitoring
Word Parts and Segmenting (segmenting onset-rimes)
Student Name: ___________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ______________
Directions: Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student separate the word by saying the onset-rime and then the
remaining part of the word (Example: “top” = “/t/-op”). Place a check under each correct response.
Baseline: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____
gold thump weep slurp lend tight long deal tied smile
(/g/-old) (/th/-ump) (/w/-eep) (/sl/-urp) (/l/-end) (/t/-ight) (/l/-ong) (/d/-eal) (/t/-ied) (/sm/-ile)

Data Point 1: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


drink grab cop ship flow skin fox band sheet self
(/dr/-ink) (/gr/-ab) (/c/-op) (/sh/-ip) (/fl/-ow) (/sk/-in) (/f/-ox) (/b/-and) (/sh/-eet) (/s/-elf)

Data Point 2: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


fade voice bounce meat climb place jeer cross brace shame
(/f/-ade) (/v/-oice) (/b/-ounce) (/m/-eat) (/cl/-imb) (/pl/-ace) (/j/-eer) (/cr/-oss) (/br/-ace) (/sh/-ame)

Data Point 3: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


but wing sound nod cat wash like grow zeal trod
(/b/-ut) (/w/-ing) (/s/-ound) (/n/-od) (/k/-at) (/w/-ash) (/l/-ike) (/grl;;;;;;;;opo1`rf2zz/- (/z/-eal) (/tr/-od)
ow)

Data Point 4: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


tape group sting jest rose plunk tomb peer girl huff
(/t/-ape) (/gr/-oup) (/st/-ing) (/j/-est) (/r/-ose) (/pl/-unk) (/t/-omb) (/p/-eer) (/g/-irl) (/h/-uff)

Data Point 5: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


this dunk west cove shark mum flask next mark ball
(/th/-is) (/d/-unk) (/w/-est) (/k/-ove) (/sh/-ark) (/m/-um) (/fl/-ask) (/n/-ext) (/m/-ark) (/b/-all)

Data Point 6: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


bunch jazz kind crane dread buck sun slope wax blink
(/b/-unch) (/j/-azz) (/k/-ind) (/cr/-ane) (/dr/-ead) (/b/-uck) (/s/-un) (/sl/-ope) (/w/-ax) (/bl/-ink)

Data Point 7: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


clap lock rump grace thick shed cast brag vane six
(/kl/-ap) (/l/-ock) (/r/-ump) (/gr/-ace) (/th/-ick) (/sh/-ed) (/k/-ast) (/br/-ag) (/v/-ane) (/s/-ix)

Data Point 8: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


beast right plus shave teen mouse froze well mix dock
(/b/-east) (/r/-ight) (/pl/-us) (/sh/-ave) (/t/-een) (/m/-ouse) (/fr/-oze) (/w/-ell) (/m/-ix) (/d/-ock)

Data Point 9: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


duck nape bring grill pound job free snip heat sire
(/d/-uck) (/n/-ape) (/br/-ing) (/gr/-ill) (/p/-ound) (/j/-ob) (/fr/-ee) (/sn/-ip) (/h/-eat) (/s/-ire)

Data Point 10: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


queen bird sack skill dart grass gab thought sum mack
(/qu/-een) (/b/-ird) (/s/-ack) (/sk/-ill) (/d/-art) (/gr/-ass) (/g/-ab) (/th/-ought) (/s/-um) (/m/-ack)

Data Point 11: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


bawl shut zoom flight pig spool hold moon rex wire
(/b/-awl) (/sh/-ut) (/z/-oom) (/fl/-ight) (/p/-ig) (/sp/-ool) (/h/-old) (/m/-oon) (/r/-ex) (/w/-ire)

Data Point 12: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


thump shave pint fish creek grab tell fin road mole
(/th/-ump) (/sh/-ave) (/p/-int) (/f/-ish) (/kr/-eek) (/gr/-ab) (/t/-ell) (/f/-in) (/r/-oad) (/m/-ole)

210
Supplemental RTI GRAPH
Word Parts and Segmenting (segmenting onset-rimes)

Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each
Word Parts and Segmenting (segmenting onset-rimes) assessment given.

Word Parts and Segmenting (segmenting onset-rimes)


10

6
Student Score

0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
*Goal

*Establish goal line before intervention begins

211
Supplemental Progress Monitoring
Word Parts and Segmenting (phoneme deletion)
Student Name: ___________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ______________
Directions: Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student say the word after omitting either the beginning sound or the ending sound
(indicated underneath each word). (Example: “Say ‘sad’ without its beginning sound” = ‘ăd’, “Say ‘bone’ without its ending sound” = ‘bō’)
Universal Screening/Baseline: (Date: ____________) US/BLTotal # Correct: _____
his kite slack map truck
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit ending sound
ĭz kī ăck mă trŭ
Data Point 1: (Date: ____________) DP1 Total # Correct: _____
mad nut cape pen hush
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit ending sound
ăd nŭ āpe pĕ hŭ
Data Point 2: (Date: ____________) DP2 Total # Correct: _____
late sheet punch snore red
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit ending sound
āte shē ŭnch snō rĕ
Data Point 3: (Date: ____________) DP3 Total # Correct: _____
buzz bee stripe slap clink
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit ending sound
ŭzz /b/ īpe slă clĭ
Data Point 4: (Date: ____________) DP4 Total # Correct: _____
sore broke chip vase neck
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit ending sound
ōre brō ĭp vā nĕ
Data Point 5: (Date: ____________) DP5 Total # Correct: ____
cake ripe key start duck
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit ending sound
āke īpe ē star ŭck
Data Point 6: (Date: ____________) DP6 Total # Correct: _____
wind cheeze horse tack mule
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit ending sound
ĭnd chē orse tă mū
Data Point 7: (Date: ____________) DP7 Total # Correct: _____
bed cut lace math thick
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit ending sound
ĕd cŭ āce mă thĭ
Data Point 8: (Date: ____________) DP8 Total # Correct: _____
hair smell floor jump snake
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit ending sound
air smĕ or jŭm snā
Data Point 9: (Date: ____________) DP9 Total # Correct: _____
food sprite slump milk wheeze
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit ending sound
ood sprī lŭmp mĭl wē
Data Point 10: (Date: ____________) DP10 Total # Correct: _____
home work paw plant man
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit ending sound
ōme wor aw plăn mă
Data Point 11: (Date: ____________) DP11 Total # Correct: _____
couch spoon gong walk take
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit ending sound
ouch spoo ŏng wal tā
Data Point 12: (Date: ____________) DP12 Total # Correct: _____
save desk cup craze stop
omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit beginning sound omit ending sound omit ending sound
āve dĕs ŭp crā stŏ

212
Supplemental RTI GRAPH
Word Parts and Segmenting (phoneme deletion)

Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each
Word Parts and Segmenting (phoneme deletion) assessment given.

Word Parts and Segmenting (phoneme deletion)


5

3
Student Score

0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
*Goal

*Establish goal line before intervention begins

213
Supplemental Progress Monitoring
Word Parts and Segmenting (word segmentation: phonemes)
Student Name: ___________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ______________
Directions: Say each word below. Have the student segment the word into separate phonemes. (Examples: dot = /d//ŏ//t/, vote =
/v//ō//t/). Place a check under each correct response.
Baseline: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____
pot late deer sup hill tote wag pet tug mile
(/p//ŏ//t/) (/l//ā//t/) (/d//ē//r/) (/s//ŭ//p/) (/h//ĭ//l/) (/t//ō//t/) (/w//ă//g/) (/p//ĕ//t/) (/t//ŭ//g/) (/m//ī//l/)

Data Point 1: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


feet rot cope tale get skull fright fan rink nut
(/f//ē//t/) (/r//ŏ//t/) (/c//ō//p/) (/t//ā//l/) (/g//ĕ//t/) (/sk//ŭ//l/) (/fr//ī//t/) (/f//ă//n/) (/r//ĭ//nk/) (/n//ŭ//t/)

Data Point 2: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


quake lend bump box grit side jam hole numb feel
(/qu//ā//k/) (/l//ĕ//nd/) (/b//ŭ//mp/) (/b//ŏ//x/) (/gr//ĭ//t/) (/s//ī//d/) (/j//ă//m/) (/h//ō//l/) (/n//ŭ//m/) (/f//ē//l/)

Data Point 3: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


cut file yet pug hot bath kiss made heed gold
(/c//ŭ//t/) (/f//ī//l/) (/y//ĕ//t/) (/p//ŭ//g/) (/h//ŏ//t/) (/b//ă//th/) (/k//ĭ//s/) (/m//ā//d/) (/h//ē//d/) (/g//ō//l//d/)

Data Point 4: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


rap fuss sum joke creep mop dame jet pile vim
(/r//ă//p/) (/f//ŭ//s/) (/s//ŭ//m/) (/j//ō//k/) (/cr//ē//p/) (/m//ŏ//p/) (/d//ā//m/) (/j//ĕ//t/) (/p//ī//l/) (/v//ĭ//m/)

Data Point 5: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


his poke beet bike gave wham fog bus hug rex
(/h//ĭ//s/) (/p//ō//k/) (/b//ē//t/) (/b//ī//k/) (/g//ā//v/) (/w//ă//m/) (/f//ŏ//g/) (/b//ŭ//s/) (/h//ŭ//g/) (/r//ĕ//x/)

Data Point 6: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


goat quick tide same reed cud wet lop lap buzz
(/g//ō//t/) (/qu//ĭ//ck/) (/t//ī//d/) (/s//ā//m/) (/r//ē//d/) (/c//ŭ//d/) (/w//ĕ//t/) (/l//ŏ//p/) (/l//ă//p/) (/b//ŭ//z/)

Data Point 7: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


wheel nail pup pack tip head rug globe lock ripe
(/w//ē//l/) (/n//ā//l/) (/p//ŭ//p/) (/p//ă//k/) (/t//ĭ//p/) (/h//ĕ//d/) (/r//ŭ//g/) (/gl//ō//b/) (/l//ŏ//k/) (/r//ī//p/)

Data Point 8: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


best just lack pave keep phone chick dull kite rock
(/b//ĕ//st/) (/j//ŭ//st/) (/l//ă//k/) (/p//ā//v/) (/k//ē//p/) (/f//ō//n/) (/ch//ĭ//ck/) (/d//ŭ//l/) (/k//ī//t/) (/r//ŏ//k/)

Data Point 9: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


gull map chose frog tough less weed nip drive base
(/g//ŭ//l/) (/m//ă//p/) (/ch//ō//s/) (/fr//ŏ//g/) (/t//ŭ//f/) (/l//ĕ//s/) (/w//ē//d/) (/n//ĭ//p/) (/dr//ī//v/) (/b//ā//s/)

Data Point 10: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


cup tribe ram kill bot sage leap red soul cup
(/c//ŭ//p/) (/tr//ī//b/) (/r//ă//m/) (/k//ĭ//l/) (/b//ŏ//t/) (/s//ā//j/) (/l//ē//p/) (/r//ĕ//d/) (/s//ō//l/) (/c//ŭ//p/)

Data Point 11: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


bait hut zeal might rough gob cold glad hex pit
(/b//ā//t/) (/h//ŭ//t/) (/z//ē//l/) (/m//ī//t/) (/r//ŭ//f/) (/g//ŏ//b/) (/c//ō//l//d/) (/gl//ă//d/) (/h//ĕ//x/) (/p//ĭ//t/)

Data Point 12: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____


dump vase pine mash fell blob full zip beam pole
(/d//ŭ//m//p/) (/v//ā//s/) (/p//ī//n/) (/m//ă//sh/) (/f//ĕ//l/) (/bl//ŏ//b/) (/f//ŭ//l/) (/z//ĭ//p/) (/b//ē//m/) (/p//ō//l/)

214
Supplemental RTI GRAPH
Word Parts and Segmenting (word segmentation: phonemes)

Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for
each Word Parts and Segmenting (word segmentation: phonemes) assessment given.

Word Parts and Segmenting (word segmentation: phonemes)


10

6
Student Score

0
US/B
DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
L
Date
Student Score
*Goal

*Establish goal line before intervention begins

215
Word Parts and Segmenting Lesson Checklist
Date(s) lesson was Date lesson was
Name of Lesson taught mastered
Lesson 1: Counting Words in Sentences

Lesson 2: Counting Parts in Words (Syllables)


Lesson 3: Hearing Beginning Consonant
Sounds
Lesson 4: Beginning Sounds Picture Match
(single consonants)
Lesson 5: Hearing Beginning Consonant Blends
and Special Sounds
Lesson 6: Beginning Sounds Picture Match
(consonant blends and special sounds)
Lesson 7: Beginning Sounds Picture Match
Review
Lesson 8: Hearing Ending Consonant Sounds
(single consonants)
Lesson 9: Ending Sounds Picture Match
(single consonants)
Lesson 10: Hearing Ending Consonant Sounds
(consonant blends and special sounds)
Lesson 11: Ending Sounds Picture Match
(consonant blends and special sounds)
Lesson 12: Hearing Sounds in the Middle of
Words (short vowel sounds)
Lesson 13: Saying Short Vowels in the Middle
of Words
Lesson 14: Hearing Sounds in the Middle of
Words (long vowel sounds)
Lesson 15: Saying Long Vowers in the Middle
of Words
Lesson 16: Hearing Medial Sounds in Two
Syllable Words
Lesson 17: Saying Medial Sounds in Two
Syllable Words
Lesson 18: Hearing and Saying Onset-Rimes
in One Syllable Words
Lesson 19: Saying all of the Sounds in a Word

Lesson 20: Writing Words

216
Word Parts and Segmenting Lesson Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 1)
Student Name: ________________________ Use these sheets to document the student’s progression through the intervention.
Lesson 1: Counting Words in Sentences
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Say each sentence below orally. Have the student count the number of
words in each sentence, record his/her response, and place a ‘√’ in the last column if correct. The student has mastered this lesson if
he/she can consistently and accurately count the number of words in sentences stated orally.
Sentence Response √ Sentence Response √
My dad works at the bank. (6) Earth is the third planet from the sun. (8)
The apple fell from the tree and hit my head. (10) His grandmother lives next door to my grandmother. (8)
I have a white notebook. (5) My mom said we can go to the movies tomorrow night! (11)
I have the best teacher in the world. (8) My sister went shopping last weekend. (6)
Saturday is my favorite day of the week. (8) My class went on a field trip to the zoo. (10)
When can we go outside to play? (7) I received eight gifts for my birthday. (7)
The alligator ate the deer. (5) I couldn’t eat my cereal because the milk was sour. (10)
Date Mastered __________________
Lesson 2: Counting Parts in Words (Syllables)
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Write in the number of word parts (syllables) the student says next to
each word below. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately say the correct number for each
word spoken.
Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response
apron 2 airplane 2 lemon 2 yesterday 3
pencil 2 stop 1 hurt 1 maybe 2
calf 1 grass 1 watermelon 4 telephone 3
computer 3 window 2 mountain 2 children 2
race 1 love 1 book 1 happiness 3
Lesson 3: Hearing Beginning Consonant Sounds Date Mastered __________________
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word below if the student can correctly identify
the beginning sound and another ‘√’ if he/she can identify the letter that says that sound. The student has mastered this lesson if
he/she can consistently and accurately say both the correct beginning sound and the letter that says that sound.
Word Sound Letter Word Sound Letter Word Sound Letter
letter /l/ l winter /w/ w gulp /g/ g
desk /d/ d zebra /z/ z vase /v/ v
paint /p/ p ketchup /k/ c, k balloon /b/ b
fall /f/ f mouse /m/ m city /s/ c, s
donut /d/ d right /r/ r giraffe /j/ g, j
tall /t/ t yellow /y/ y hello /h/ h
Lesson 4: Beginning Sounds Picture Match (single consonants) Date Mastered __________________
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Circle the two words under each picture as the student says the two as a pair.
Have the student look at the student chart (p. 47) as you assess so that he/she can’t see the printed words. The student has mastered
this lesson if he/she can accurately name pairs of words that begin with the same sound.

rainbow/rake tiger/turtle fish/fan vase/vine kangaroo/key

guitar/gum key/kangaroo fan/fish bananas/butterfly hat/hotdog

butterfly/bananas dolphin/duck duck/dolphin gum/guitar turtle/tiger

vine/vase muffin/mushroom rake/rainbow mushroom/muffin hotdog/hat


Date Mastered __________________
217
Word Parts and Segmenting Lesson Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 2)
Student Name: ________________________
Lesson 5: Hearing Beginning Consonant Blends and Special Sounds
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word below if the student can correctly identify the
beginning sound and another ‘√’ if he/she can identify the letters/blend that says that sound. The student has mastered this lesson if
he/she can consistently and accurately say both the correct beginning sound and the letter that says that sound.
Word Sound Letters Word Sound Letters Word Sound Letters
fruit /fr/ fr plant /pl/ pl quick /qu/ qu
grapes /gr/ gr tree /tr/ tr skunk /sk/ sc, sk
prize /pr/ pr choke /ch/ ch snow /sn/ sn
bring /br/ br drive /dr/ dr clunk /cl/ cl, kl
short /sh/ sh flute /fl/ fl giraffe /j/ g, j
store /st/ st glad /gl/ gl hello /h/ h
blind /bl/ bl slide /sl/ sl crazy /cr/ cr, kr
Date Mastered __________________
Lesson 6: Beginning Sounds Picture Match (consonant blends and special sounds)
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Circle the two words under each picture as the student says the two as a pair.
Have the student look at the student chart (p. 50) as you assess so that he/she can’t see the printed words. The student has mastered
this lesson if he/she can accurately name pairs of words that begin with the same blend.

skate/skunk gloves/glue star/stool chair/cheese thirteen/thimble

shot/shoes swing/sweater glue/gloves shoes/shot blueberries/blood

crab/crutches thimble/thirteen crutches/crab clown/clock skunk/skate

clock/clown sweater/swing stool/star blood/blueberries cheese/chair


Lesson 7: Beginning Sounds Picture Match Review Date Mastered __________________
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Circle the two words under each picture as the student says the two as a
pair. Have the student look at the student chart (p. 52) as you assess so that he/she can’t see the printed words. The student has
mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately name pairs of words that begin with the same sound.

lion/lime fly/flag snowman/snake flag/fly ring/rabbit

rabbit/ring sun/sandwich globe/glasses baseball/bike snake/snowman

spaghetti/sponge broccoli/bricks lime/lion grasshopper/grapes grapes/grasshopper

bike/baseball glasses/globe sponge/spaghetti sandwich/sun bricks/broccoli


Date Mastered __________________

218
Word Parts and Segmenting Lesson Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 3)
Student Name: ________________________
Lesson 8: Hearing Ending Consonant Sounds (single consonants)
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word below if the student can correctly identify
the beginning sound and another ‘√’ if he/she can identify the letter that says that sound. The student has mastered this lesson if
he/she can consistently and accurately say both the correct beginning sound and the letter that says that sound.
Word Sound Letter Word Sound Letter Word Sound Letter
ten /n/ n team /m/ m off /f/ f
chip /p/ p milk /k/ k, c his /z/ s, z
carrot /t/ t red /d/ d save /v/ v
cab /b/ b hawk /k/ k, c buzz /z/ z
nice /s/ s, c hill /l/ l safe /f/ f
robber /r/ r, er deed /d/ d flag /g/ g
orange /j/ j, g wow /w/ w Date Mastered _________________

Lesson 9: Ending Sounds Picture Match (single consonants)


Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Circle the two words under each picture as the student says the two as a pair.
Have the student look at the student chart (p. 55) as you assess so that he/she can’t see the printed words. The student has mastered this
lesson if he/she can accurately name pairs of words that end with the same sound.

gold/bread cage/fudge broom/ham moth/tooth coat/eight

slug/pig ball/bell chef/leaf clown/corn corn/clown

web/tub pig/slug bell/ball fudge/cage tub/web

tooth/moth leaf/chef eight/coat ham/broom bread/gold


Date Mastered _________________

Lesson 10: Hearing Ending Consonant Sounds (consonant blends and special sounds)
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word below if the student can correctly identify the
ending sound and another ‘√’ if he/she can identify the letters that spell that sound. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can
consistently and accurately say both the correct ending sound and the letters that spells that sound.
Word Sound Letters Word Sound Letters Word Sound Letters
brush /sh/ sh gold /ld/ ld nymph /ph/ ph
hatch /ch/ ch best /st/ st stretch /tch/ tch
earth /th/ th patch /tch/ tch with /th/ th
jump /mp/ mp hung /ng/ ng rath /th/ th
stitch /tch/ tch fist /st/ st ostrich /ch/ ch
graph /f/ ph, f held /ld/ ld chimp /mp/ mp
palm /lm/ lm rash /sh/ sh Date Mastered _________________

219
Word Parts and Segmenting Lesson Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 4)
Student Name: ________________________
Lesson 11: Ending Sounds Picture Match (consonant blends and special sounds)
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Circle the two words under each picture as the student says the two as a
pair. Have the student look at the student chart (p. 58) as you assess so that he/she can’t see the printed words. The student has
mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately name pairs of words that end with the same consonant blend or special sound.

teeth/tablecloth coach/bench hush/cash shrimp/chimp milk/chalk

cash/hush chalk/milk tablecloth/teeth bench/coach saint/paint

Date Mastered
salt/belt chimp/shrimp paint/saint belt/salt _________________
Lesson 12: Hearing Sounds in the Middle of Words (short vowel sounds)
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word below if the student can correctly identify its
vowel sound, a second ‘√’ if he/she can identify the letter that says that sound, and a third ‘√’ if he/she can identify whether it is a short
sound or a long sound.
Word Sound Letter Long or Word Sound Letter Long or Word Sound Letter Long or
Short? Short? Short?
hen /ĕ/ e rot /ŏ/ o can /ă/ a
skip /ĭ/ i duck /ŭ/ u but /ŭ/ u
pan /ă/ a lock /ŏ/ o must /ŭ/ u
nut /ŭ/ u sit /ĭ/ i frost /ŏ/ o
sad /ă/ a fog /ŏ/ o men /ĕ/ e
mop /ŏ/ o red /ĕ/ e kid /ĭ/ i
tap /ă/ a bet /ĕ/ e Date Mastered _____________
Lesson 13: Saying Short Vowels in the Middle of Words
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Have the student say the name of each picture, the sound of the vowel in
the word, and the letter that spells that sound. Place a ‘√’ under the pictures the student gets correct. Have the student look at the
student chart (p. 61) as you assess so that he/she can’t see the printed words. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can
accurately identify, say, and spell the middle sound in vcv words. Date Mastered _____________

răm brŭsh brĭcks drŭm frŏg

crăb slĕd făn lŏck hăt

smĕll drĭll dŭck flŏss rŭg

flăg gĭft gŭm bĕll fŏx

220
Word Parts and Segmenting Lesson Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 5)
Student Name: ________________________
Lesson 14: Hearing Sounds in the Middle of Words (long vowel sounds)
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word below if the student can correctly identify its
vowel sound, a second ‘√’ if he/she can identify the letter that says that sound, and a third ‘√’ if he/she can identify whether it is a short
sound or a long sound.
Word Sound Letter Long or Word Sound Letter Long or Word Sound Letter Long or
Short? Short? Short?
mule /ū/ u joke /ō/ o huge /ū/ u
bead /ē/ e late /ā/ a hose /ō/ o
game /ā/ a shake /ā/ a toast /ō/ o
cute /ū/ u mice /ī/ i side /ī/ i
mile /ī/ i jeep /ē/ e peel /ē/ e
note /ō/ o tape /ā/ a fuse /ū/ u
queen /ē/ e made /ā/ a Date Mastered _____________

Lesson 15: Saying Long Vowels in the Middle of Words


Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Have the student say the name of each picture, the sound of the vowel in
the word, and the letter that spells that sound. Place a ‘√’ under the pictures the student gets correct. Have the student look at the
student chart (p. 64) as you assess so that he/she can’t see the printed words. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can
accurately identify, say, and spell the middle sound in long vowel words.

rose sweep grapes price face

skate rice smoke flute dice

phone vase nose jeans cheese

cube sleep globe bone tube


Date Mastered _________________
Lesson 16: Hearing Medial Sounds in Two Syllable Words
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word below if the student can correctly identify its
medial sound and a second ‘√’ if he/she can identify the letter(s) that spells that sound. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she
can consistently and accurately identify the middle sound and the letter(s) that spells that sound.
Word Sound Letter Word Sound Letter Word Sound Letter
after /t/ t flower /w/ w college /l/ l
holder /d/ d teacher /ch/ ch healthy /th/ th
paper /p/ p pencil /s/ s, c monster /st/ st
table /b/ b carpet /p/ p hopping /p/ p
turnip /n/ n angel /j/ g, j penny /n/ n
popcorn /k/ c, k luggage /g/ g yellow /l/ l
movie /v/ v hammer /m/ m Date Mastered _________________

221
Word Parts and Segmenting Lesson Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 6)
Student Name: ________________________
Lesson 17: Saying Medial Sounds in Two Syllable Words
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Have the student say the name of each picture, the sound of the vowel in
the word, and the letter that spells that sound. Place a ‘√’ under the pictures the student gets correct. Have the student look at the
student chart (p. 67) as you assess so that he/she can’t see the printed words. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can
accurately identify, say, and spell the middle sound in long vowel words.

yogurt button rabbit cannon muffin

mittens beehive monkey marbles cabbage

badger mermaid lady dolphin taco

towel pickles peaches seven feathers


Date Mastered _________________
Lesson 18: Hearing and Saying Onset-Rimes in One Syllable Words
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word below if the student can correctly say its
onset-rime. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately say the onset-rime of words that begin with
consonants, vowels, blends, and special sounds.
Word Onset-rime Word Onset-rime Word Onset-rime Word Onset-rime
bowl /b/-owl tire /t/-ire cent /c/-ent glass /gl/-ass
cook /k/-ook plant /pl/-ant zoo /z/-oo desk /d/-esk
doll /d/-oll shade /sh/-ade hall /h/-all film /f/-ilm
fib /f/-ib rut /r/-ut kit /k/-it dog /d/-og
star /st/-ar chair /ch/-air fleck /fl/-eck frog /fr/-og
Date Mastered _________________
Lesson 19: Saying all of the Sounds in a Word
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word below if the student can correctly say all of its
sounds. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately segment words.
Word Segmented Word Word Segmented Word Word Segmented Word Word Segmented Word
pop /p//ŏ//p/ rage /r//ā//j/ next /n//ĕ//x//t/ frame /fr//ā//m/
chick /ch//ĭ//k/ tree /tr//ē/ weep /w//ē//p/ yum /y//ŭ//m/
yes /y//ĕ//s/ gut /g//ŭ//t/ scrap /scr//ă//p/ hot /h//ŏ//t/
time /t//ī//m/ duel /d//ū//l/ card /k//ar//d/ play /pl//ā/
let /l//ĕ//t/ pole /p//ō//l/ sip /s//ĭ//p/ drop /dr//ŏ//p/
Lesson 20: Writing Words Date Mastered _________________
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Say each word below clearly and concisely. Place a ‘√’ next to each word the
student is able to correctly write on paper. Give the student credit for misspelled words if he/she can phonetically spell the stated
word. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately write words after hearing them verbally stated.
Word √ Word √ Word √ Word √ Word √ Word √ Word √ Word √ Word √ Word √
cat plum robe mud tub suds ate ball new quill
cloth jar hair chop greed van bit bite step old
Date Mastered _________________

222
Word Parts and Segmenting
Intervention Lessons

Use the following 20 lessons to guide you through


the word parts and segmenting intervention.
Remember, the intervention is individualized to
the student’s needs and must be implemented at
the student’s pace. Don’t move to a new lesson
until mastery of the current lesson is achieved.
Teaching to MASTERY is the goal.

To determine whether or not mastery of each


lesson has been achieved, use the ‘Word Parts and
Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets’
(pages 217-222) to measure the student’s
proficiency before beginning a new lesson.

223
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 1

Lesson Name: Counting Words in Sentences

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student counts the number of words in an orally


stated sentence.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that when we speak, read, or write we use words. Words
make up sentences which relay meaning to others.

STEP TWO: Explain that some sentences are long, some are short, and some are in
between but they all have something in common: they are all made up of words.

STEP THREE: Explain that today he/she will listen to a sentence and will count how many
words are in it. Say the sentence: “Today is a great day for learning.” Repeat the
sentence slowly and show the student how to count the number of words using fingers,
tally marks, or manipulatives. Have the student state how many words are in the
sentence. Review and reteach if student needs clarification. Special Note: Explain that
‘a’ and ‘I’ are words and not just letters when said in a sentence. Also explain that
compound words (although made up of two separate words) are counted as only one word.

STEP FOUR: Continue saying random sentences and have the student count the number
of words in each.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

224
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 2

Lesson Name: Counting Parts in Words (Syllables)

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student says words slowly to determine the number
of syllables they have.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Explain to student that we can learn a lot about words by saying them slowly.
We can hear beginning, middle, and ending sounds and also be able to count the parts
(syllables) in words. Tell student that today he/she will practice saying words slowly and
counting their parts. Inform student that word parts are also called syllables.

STEP TWO: Explain that many words have just one word part but that other words have
two, three, four, five, or even more parts. Tell student that every word part (or syllable)
has to have a vowel or vowel sound (sometimes said by the letter ‘y’). There are no word
parts or syllables found in the English language without a vowel or vowel sound.

STEP THREE: Model for the student how to say a word slowly and how to clap out the
number of parts (syllables) it has. Practice saying one, two, three, and four syllable
words. Have the student say how many syllables each word has by orally stating the
number, showing the number using fingers, pointing to a number on a card, or by writing
the number down on a piece of paper.

STEP FOUR: Continue step three until the student can easily identify the number of
word parts found in common words.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

225
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 3

Lesson Name: Hearing Beginning Consonant Sounds

Description of Lesson/Activity: After hearing a word stated orally, the student


identifies the beginning sound and the letter(s) used to spell that sound.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review word parts with student. Say a few one, two, three, and four
syllable words and have the student state how many word parts are in each.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, the student will practice listening to the
sound heard at the beginning of words and will identify the letter that says that sound.

STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by saying a variety of words that begin
with single consonant letters (no blends). Have the student say the beginning sound and
then say the letter(s) that makes that sound. (Example: caterpillar = /k/, c or k)

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

226
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 4

Lesson Name: Beginning Sounds Picture Match (single consonants)

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student finds pairs of pictures that begin with the
same sound (single consonants only).

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review beginning sounds skills with student by saying random words and
having him/her say the beginning sound and the letter that makes that sound. For today’s
lesson only focus on words that start with a single consonant (followed by a vowel) rather
than words that start with a consonant blend or a special sound.

STEP TWO: Place several picture cards in front of the student and have him/her find
pairs that match. Be sure to only use pictures that start with a single consonant and not
with blends.

STEP THREE: Continue practicing this skill with the student until he/she can easily find
matches.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

227
Lesson 4: Beginning Sounds Match (single consonants)

228
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 5

Lesson Name: Hearing Beginning Consonant Blends and Special Sounds

Description of Lesson/Activity: After hearing a word stated orally, the student


identifies the beginning sound and the letters used to spell that sound.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review word parts with student. Say a few one, two, three, and four
syllable words and have the student state how many word parts are in each.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, the student will practice listening to the
sound heard at the beginning of words and will identify the letters that say that sound.
Tell student that all of the words today begin with a consonant blend or a special sound.
Review blends and special sounds if the student needs clarification.

STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by saying a variety of words that begin
with consonant blends and special sounds. Have the student say the beginning sound and
then say the letters that make that sound. (Example: train = /tr/, tr)

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

229
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 6

Lesson Name: Beginning Sounds Picture Match (consonant blends and special sounds)

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student finds pairs of pictures that begin with the
same sound (consonant blends and special sounds only).

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review beginning sounds skills with student by saying random words and
having him/her say the beginning sound and the letter that makes that sound. For today’s
lesson only focus on words that start with blends rather than words that start with a
single consonant.

STEP TWO: Place several picture cards in front of the student and have him/her find
pairs that match. Be sure to only use pictures that start with blends or special sounds
and not with single consonants.

STEP THREE: Continue practicing this skill with the student until he/she can easily find
matches.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

230
Lesson 6: Beginning Sounds Match (consonant blends and special sounds)

231
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 7

Lesson Name: Beginning Sounds Picture Match Review

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student finds pairs of pictures that begin with the
same sound (single consonants, blends, and special sounds).

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review beginning sounds skills with student by saying random words and
having him/her say the beginning sound and the letter(s) that makes that sound.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, the student will locate two picture cards that
begin with the same beginning sound (both single consonants and blends and special
sounds). Be sure to explain that blends have to be paired with blends and single
consonants with single consonants. (Example: pig would match with pizza but would not
match with plant).

STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by placing several picture cards in
front of him/her and having him/her find matches.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

232
Lesson 7: Beginning Sounds Match (single consonants, blends, and special sounds)

233
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 8

Lesson Name: Hearing Ending Consonant Sounds (single consonants)

Description of Lesson/Activity: After hearing a word stated orally, the student


identifies the ending sound and the letter(s) used to spell that sound.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review word parts with student. Say several one, two, three, and four
syllable words and have the student state how many word parts are in each. Also review
beginning sounds by saying words and having the student say the beginning sound and the
letter that spells that sound.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, he/she will practice listening to the sound
heard at the end of words and will identify the letters that says that sound.

STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by saying a variety of words that end
with single consonant letters (no blends). Have the student say the ending sound and then
say the letter(s) that makes that sound. (Example: pink = /k/, k, c, ck)

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

234
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 9

Lesson Name: Ending Sounds Picture Match (single consonants)

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student finds pairs of pictures that end with the
same sound (single consonants only).

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review ending sounds skills with student by saying random words and having
him/her say the ending sound and the letter that makes that sound. For today’s lesson
only focus on words that end with a single consonant rather than words that end with a
consonant blend.

STEP TWO: Place several picture cards in front of the student and have him/her find
pairs that match. Be sure to only use pictures that end with a single consonant and not
with blends.

STEP THREE: Continue practicing this skill until the student can easily find matches.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

235
Lesson 9: Ending Sounds Match (single consonants)

236
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 10

Lesson Name: Hearing Ending Consonant Sounds (consonant blends and special sounds)

Description of Lesson/Activity: After hearing a word stated orally, the student


identifies the ending sound and the letters used to spell that sound.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review word parts with student. Say several one, two, three, and four
syllable words and have the student state how many word parts are in each. Also review
beginning sounds by saying words and having the student say the beginning sound and the
letter that spells that sound.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, he/she will practice listening to the sound
heard at the end of words and will identify the letters that says that sound. Explain that
all of the words in this lesson end with consonant blends or special sounds.

STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by saying a variety of words that end
with consonant blends or special sounds. Have the student say the ending sound and then
say the letters that makes that sound. (Example: trash = /sh/, sh)

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

237
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 11

Lesson Name: Ending Sounds Picture Match (consonant blends and special sounds)

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student finds pairs of pictures that end with the
same sound (consonant blends and special sounds).

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review ending sounds with student by saying random words and having
him/her say the ending sound and the letter that makes that sound (single consonants
only).

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson he/she will match picture cards that end with
the same consonant blend or special sound.

STEP TWO: Place several picture cards in front of the student and have him/her find
cards that end with the same blend or special sound.

STEP THREE: Continue practicing this skill until the student can easily find matches.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

238
Lesson 11: Ending Sounds Match (consonant blends and special sounds)

239
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 12

Lesson Name: Hearing Sounds in the Middle of Words (short vowel sounds)

Description of Lesson/Activity: After hearing a word stated orally, the student


identifies the sound in the middle of the word and the letter used to spell that sound.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review word parts with student. Say several one, two, three, and four
syllable words and have the student state how many word parts are in each. Also briefly
review beginning and ending sounds by saying random one-syllable words and having
student say both the beginning and ending sounds.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, he/she will practice listening to the sound
heard in the middle of words and will identify the letter that says that sound.

STEP THREE: Practice this skill by saying a variety of one-syllable short vowel words and
having the student say the middle sound, the letter that spells that sound, and whether it
is a short or a long sound. (Example: pot = /o/, o, short)

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

240
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 13

Lesson Name: Saying Short Vowels in the Middle of Words

Description of Lesson/Activity: Using picture cards, the student pronounces short vowel
words and identifies both the vowel sound and the letter that spells that sound.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review beginning and ending sounds by saying random one-syllable words.
Have the student say both the beginning and the ending sounds and the letters that make
those sounds. Explain that in today’s lesson he/she will identify words that have short
vowel sounds in the middle of them.

STEP TWO: Place several picture cards in front of the student and have him/her find
pictures that contain short vowel sounds. Have the student identify the sound and the
letter that makes that sound.

STEP THREE: Continue practicing this skill until the student can easily find pictures with
short vowel sounds.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

241
Lesson 13: Middle Vowel Sounds (short vowels)

242
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 14

Lesson Name: Hearing Sounds in the Middle of Words (long vowel sounds)

Description of Lesson/Activity: After hearing a word stated orally, the student


identifies its medial sound and the letter used to spell it.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review word parts with student. Say several one, two, three, and four
syllable words and have the student state how many word parts are in each. Also briefly
review beginning and ending sounds by saying random one-syllable words and having
student say both the beginning and ending sounds.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, he/she will practice listening to the sound
heard in the middle of words and will identify the letter that says that sound.

STEP THREE: Practice this skill by saying a variety of one-syllable long vowel words and
having the student say the middle sound, the letter that spells that sound, and whether it
is a short or a long sound. (Example: gate = /ā/, a, long)

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

243
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 15

Lesson Name: Saying Long Vowels in the Middle of Words

Description of Lesson/Activity: Using picture cards, the student pronounces long vowel
words and identifies both the vowel sound and the letter that spells that sound.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review beginning and ending sounds by saying random one-syllable words.
Have the student say both the beginning and the ending sounds and the letters that make
those sounds. Explain that in today’s lesson he/she will identify words that have long
vowel sounds in the middle of them.

STEP TWO: Place several picture cards in front of the student and have him/her find
pictures that contain long vowel sounds. Have the student identify the sound and the
letter that makes that sound.

STEP THREE: Continue practicing this skill until the student can easily find pictures with
long vowel sounds.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

244
Lesson 15: Middle Vowel Sounds (long vowels)

245
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 16

Lesson Name: Hearing Medial Sounds in Two Syllable Words

Description of Lesson/Activity: After hearing a two-syllable word, the student


identifies its medial sound and the letter(s) used to spell it.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review word parts with student. Say several one, two, three, and four
syllable words and have the student state how many word parts are in each. Also briefly
review beginning, middle, and ending sounds of one-syllable words and have the student
say sounds heard.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, he/she will practice listening to the sound
heard in the middle of two-syllable words and will identify the letter(s) that spell that
sound. Special Note: Explain to the student that he/she will listen for the consonant
sound that starts the second part of the word. (Example: the /d/ sound in the word
‘building’)

STEP THREE: Practice this skill by saying a variety of two-syllable words and having the
student say the middle sound and the letter(s) that spells that sound. (Example: ladder =
/d/, d)

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

246
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 17

Lesson Name: Saying Medial Sounds in Two Syllable Words

Description of Lesson/Activity: Using picture cards, the student pronounces the medial
sound heard in two syllable words and identifies the letter(s) that spells that sound.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review beginning and ending sounds by saying random one-syllable words.
Have the student say both the beginning and the ending sounds and the letters that make
those sounds. Explain that in today’s lesson he/she will hear two syllable words and will
say the sound heard in the middle of the word.

STEP TWO: Place several picture cards in front of the student and have him/her find
pictures that have two syllables. Have the student identify the sound in the middle of the
word and the letter(s) that spells that sound. Special Note: Explain to the student that
he/she should listen for the consonant sound that starts the second part of the word.

STEP THREE: Continue practicing this skill until the student can easily identify the
medial sound of two syllable words and state the letter(s) that spells that sound.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

247
Lesson 17: Two Syllable Words (medial consonant sounds)

248
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 18

Lesson Name: Hearing and Saying Onset-Rimes in One Syllable Words

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student practices saying onset-rimes of one syllable


words after hearing several examples of how to do so.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review word parts with student. Say several one, two, three, and four
syllable words and have the student state how many word parts are in each. Also briefly
review beginning, middle, and ending sounds of one-syllable words and have the student
say sounds heard.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, he/she will practice breaking a word apart by
saying the first sound and then the rest of the word. Tell student that when we break
words apart we can hear their sounds which helps us become better readers and writers.

STEP THREE: Practice this skill by saying many one syllable words and then saying their
onset-rimes (saying the first sound followed by the rest of the word). (Examples: stop =
/st/-op, pig = /p/-ig, red = /r/-ed)

STEP FOUR: Use picture cards to help teach this skill. Have the student say the name of
the picture and then have him/her break the word down by saying its onset-rime. Also ask
the student questions about the word such as; “What letter does this word begin with …
or end with?”, “How many word parts or syllables does this word have?”, “Is the vowel
sound a long sound or a short sound?”, “Can you think of word that rhymes with this
word?”, etc.

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

249
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 19

Lesson Name: Saying all of the Sounds in a Word

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student practices saying all of the sounds


(phonemes) in a word.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review beginning, middle, and ending sounds with the student. Also
review onset-rime by having him/her say the first sound of a one syllable word followed
by the rest of the word.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, he/she will practice breaking a word into small
parts by saying all of its sounds. Tell student that breaking words into small parts helps
us read and write them better.

STEP THREE: Practice this skill by saying many one syllable words and then saying all of
their sounds (phonemes). (Examples: lamp = /l//ă//m//p/, wĭn = /w//ĭ//n/, team =
/t//ē//m/)

STEP FOUR: Allow student ample time to practice saying the sounds heard in words.
Drill and Practice, Drill and Practice, Drill and Practice!

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT. BE SURE THE STUDENT CAN SAY ALL
OF THE SOUNDS (PHONEMES) IN A WORD BEFORE MOVING ON TO THE NEXT
LESSON.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

250
Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 20

Lesson Name: Writing Words

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student practices writing words after hearing them
sounded out (segmented).

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Briefly review beginning, middle, and ending sounds with the student. Also
review saying all of the sounds in a word by having the student break down one syllable
words into phonemes.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, he/she will practice writing words after
saying all of the sounds in those words.

STEP THREE: Practice this skill by saying many one syllable words and then having the
student write the words on a sheet of paper. Provide lots of examples and allow ample
time for the student to practice hearing words, saying words, hearing phonemes, saying
phonemes, and writing words. Special Note: Don’t be overly concerned with spelling
words correctly. What is important is that the student can hear sounds and accurately
write the letters that represent those sounds.

STEP FOUR: Allow student ample time to practice writing words.


Drill and Practice, Drill and Practice, Drill and Practice!

STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Word
Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered
this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson,
repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

251
252
BLENDING

253
BLENDING OVERVIEW
Once it is determined that a student needs this intervention (as evidenced on the Universal
Screening: Blending Assessment), make a copy of the appropriate pages (listed on the
“Blending Let’s Get Started!” page) including the “Blending Lesson Checklist.” Use the
checklist to check off when each lesson was taught and when it was mastered. Do not move
forward to a new lesson until the student has mastered the lesson he/she is currently on.
Also, to assess the student’s response to the intervention, be sure to monitor his/her
progress weekly throughout the twelve-week implementation period using the Progress
Monitoring Assessments (regardless of which lesson he/she is currently working on). If a
student completes all of the Blending lessons within two to six weeks, he/she still needs to
be assessed for at least 2 additional weeks past the point of mastery so as to rule out “lucky
guesses” or a “fluke” with the assessment showing said mastery, If the student has truly
MASTERED the Blending Intervention before the 12-week intervention period ends (as
evidenced by the Progress Monitoring: Blending Assessments), it would be prudent to move
on to an intervention which focuses on more complex concepts such as blending. Be sure to
collect baseline data before beginning any new intervention.

The mini- assessments that are a part of the individual lessons are NOT to be used as data
point assessments or the universal screening/baseline. The purpose of those assessments is
to assist the teacher, tutor, or interventionist in knowing whether or not the student has or
has not mastered a particular lesson. The overall timeline for the intervention is 12 weeks
with at least three 30-minute sessions occurring each week. However, the intervention
session lessons in this manual are not timed and should be taught in succession. The student
sets the pace according to his/her ability to understand and master the material. A student
may be able to finish two or three lessons in a twenty or thirty minute time span whereas
another student may be able to only complete and master one lesson over a period of three
or four days or even weeks. RTI is an individualized process and is strictly geared to meet
the individual needs of the student. This book is not intended to replace the regular
classroom curriculum and is not comprehensive or exhaustive. The lessons in this manual
should be considered supplemental to what is already being taught in the classroom and are
geared to help fill the learning gaps of struggling students whose weak phonics skills
interfere with their ability to read fluently which then negatively impacts their ability to
comprehend written text. This intervention is intended to strengthen skills through
intensive exposure to basic phonological concepts and each individual lesson should be
taught to mastery. Using sorting, comparing and contrasting activities, repetition, and drill
and practice, this intervention can bring success to those who otherwise would continue to
fall through the cracks by helping build a strong foundation on which higher levels of
learning can occur.

254
PROGRESS MONITORING
As stated before, in order to ascertain whether or not the Blending intervention in this
manual is effective, data should be gathered on a weekly basis through the progress
monitoring assessments. As with the universal screening, the student must complete the
progress monitoring assessments without extra prompts or assistance. All progress
monitoring assessments can be scored directly on the corresponding recording sheets
provided to you in this manual. It is worthy to note that the universal screening/baseline
assessments are identical to the weekly progress monitoring assessments in both format and
structure. This gives the educator/assessor a simple way to collect data as well as creates a
format that is easy to read and analyze. Because of the continuity among the assessments,
the educator/assessor will essentially be comparing ‘oranges to oranges’ which allows for a
more accurate picture of how the student is progressing throughout the intervention.
PROGRESS MONITORING DOCUMENTATION, GRAPH, AND DATA ANALYSIS For the
purpose of data analysis for the Blending intervention, a graph will be needed to record the
data from the universal screening/baseline assessment and each progress monitoring
assessment. Graphs are an easy-to-read ‘snap shot’ of how the student performs each week
and are an excellent tool to use when looking at overall progress and effectiveness of an
intervention. The data should be analyzed weekly rather than at the end of the 12 weeks so
that changes or adjustments to the intervention may be made DURING the 12 week period.
The graph below is an example of what an RTI intervention graph may look like after the 10th
week of the Blending intervention. Careful examination of the data collected each week must
occur (preferably in the context of a data analysis team) in order to adequately assess the
effectiveness of the intervention and to pinpoint areas of weakness. This on-going weekly
review of the data is crucial and should be the catalyst which drives future instruction for
the struggling student.

SAMPLE GRAPH FOR STUDENT ‘X’ :

Blending
20
18
16
Student Score

14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date 8/7 8/14 8/21 8/27 9/3 9/10 9/17 9/24 10/1 10/8 10/15 10/22 10/29
Student Score 0 1 2 2 4 4 5 6 7 9 10
Goal Score* 1 3 5 6 7 9 11 13 15 17 18 19 20

255
What does the sample graph on the previous page tell us about Student ‘X’? According to the
universal screening/baseline assessment (given 8-7-11) the student scored a 0 out of a possible 20
signifying he/she lacks the ability to blend multi-syllabic words and phonemes to read or say words.
After 10 weeks of the blending intervention, Student ‘X’ has made progress but has yet to reach
his/her goal score. Twice the scores remained the same but no regression was noted. Student ‘X’s
growth line overall steadily increased. At the end of the 10th week of intervention, Student ‘X’
has consistently fallen short of the weekly goals but is showing gains overall. Additional time
with the same intervention would be the logical recommendation for this student until mastery
has been achieved.

SPECIAL NOTE:
Supplemental Progress Monitoring Assessments of the following sub-blending skills are included in
this manual to give the teacher/interventionist the option of documenting each skill separately:
 blending word parts
 blending phonemes
 changing and blending new words
 reading CVC nonsense words without consonant blends
 reading CVC nonsense words with and without consonant blends
 reading CVCe nonsense words without consonant blends
 reading CVCe nonsense words with and without consonant blends
 reading nonsense words: vowel diagraphs & other vowels
 reading nonsense words: all types combined

Individual student assessment sheets and RTI graphs are also included for each skill.

256
Let’s Get Started!
To implement the Blending intervention in this manual, copy the following pages for each
student in the intervention group:

 Universal Screening Teacher Recording Sheet (p. 258)


 Progress Monitoring Teacher Recording Sheets (Comprehensive) (pp. 259-264)
 Universal Screening & Progress Monitoring Student Assessment Sheet (p. 265)
 Universal Screening & Progress Monitoring RTI Graph (p. 266)
 Blending Lessons Checklist (p. 291)
 Blending Mini-Assessments (pp. 292-294)
 Letter Cards (if needed) (p. 54-57)
 Word Family Cards (if needed) (pp. 173-191)

If more specific blending data is needed or warranted, copy one or more of the following:
 Blending Word Parts (p. 267)
 Blending Word Parts Graph (p. 268)
 Blending Phonemes (p. 269)
 Blending Phonemes Graph (p. 270)
 Changing and Blending New Words (p. 271)
 Changing and Blending New Words Graph (p. 272)
 Reading CVC Nonsense Words (without cousonant blends) Teacher Recording Sheet (p. 273)
 Reading CVC Nonsense Words (without cousonant blends) Student Assessment Sheet (p. 274)
 Reading CVC Nonsense Words (without cousonant blends) Graph (p. 275)
 Reading CVC Nonsense Words (with & without cousonant blends) Teacher Recording Sheet (p. 276)
 Reading CVC Nonsense Words (with & without cousonant blends) Student Assessment Sheet (p. 277)
 Reading CVC Nonsense Words (with & without cousonant blends) Graph (p. 278)
 Reading CVCe Nonsense Words (without cousonant blends) Teacher Recording Sheet (p. 279)
 Reading CVCe Nonsense Words (without cousonant blends) Student Assessment (p. 280)
 Reading CVCe Nonsense Words (without cousonant blends) Graph (p. 281)
 Reading CVCe Nonsense Words (with & without cousonant blends) Teacher Recording Sheet (p. 282)
 Reading CVCe Nonsense Words (with & without cousonant blends) Student Assessment Sheet (p. 283)
 Reading CVCe Nonsense Words (with & without cousonant blends) Graph (p. 284)
 Reading Nonsense Words (vowel diagraphs & other vowels) Teacher Recording Sheet (p. 285)
 Reading Nonsense Words (vowel diagraphs & other vowels) Student Assessment Sheet (p. 286)
 Reading Nonsense Words (vowel diagraphs & other vowels) Graph (p. 287)
 Reading Nonsense Words (all types combined) Teacher Recording Sheet (p. 288)
 Reading Nonsense Words (all types combined) Student Assessment Sheet (p. 289)
 Reading Nonsense Words (all types combined) Graph (p. 290)

257
Universal Screening Teacher Recording Sheet
Blending

Student Name: _______________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: __________ Date: _______

Section A: Blending Word Parts: Say each word-part below clearly and concisely. Have the student
blend the parts together and orally say the word as a complete unit. (Example: tro…phy = trophy)
pa…per kit…ten print…er en…ve…lope

Section B: Blending Phonemes: Say each series of phonemes below. Have the student blend the sounds
to create a word. (Examples: /d//ŏ//t/ = dot, /v//ō//t/ = vote)
/h//ĭ//t/ /b//ā//t/ /t//ŭ//k/ /d//ŏ//l/
hit bait tuck doll

Section C: Changing Sounds: Read each question below. Have the student change the sound indicated
and say the new word.
Change the b in born to w. What is the new word? worn Change the sh in flash to g. What is the new word? flag
Change the r in ripe to p. What is the new word? pipe Change the a in tag to u. What is the new word? tug

Section D: Reading Nonsense Words: Have the student read each nonsense word below. Allow
him/her to read off of the ‘Student Assessment Sheet’ (comprehensive assessment) as you mark correct or
incorrect responses below. Allow the student 30 seconds to read the following 4 words:
mip kib vum trat

Section E: Reading Real Words: Have the student read each word below. Allow him/her to read off
of the ‘Student Assessment Sheet’ (comprehensive assessment) as you mark correct or incorrect responses
below. Allow the student 30 seconds to read the following 4 words:
den tip bent win

Total # Correct _______ (Total # Possible = 20)

258
Progress Monitoring Teacher Recording Sheet
Blending
Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment.
Data Point 1 Date: ____________
Section A: Blending Word Parts:
ham…bur…ger key…board plan…ted ster…e…o

Section B: Blending Phonemes:


/m//or/ /g//ă//s/ /sh//ŭ//t/ /b//ī//k/
more gas shut bike

Section C: Changing Sounds:


Take away the e in plane. What is the new word? plan Change the g in bag to sh. What is the new word? bash
Take away the e in slope. What is the new word? slop Change the i in mind to e. What is the new word? mend

Section D: Reading Nonsense Words:


blom shub pluz wof

Section E: Reading Real Words:


five rope grade mule

Total Correct (out of 20): ________


...................................................................................

Data Point 2 Date: ____________


Section A: Blending Word Parts:
sto…ry sand…wich po…ta…to bug…gie

Section B: Blending Phonemes:


/ch//ō//k/ /f//ĕ//d/ /g//ĕ//t/ /sk//ŭ//l/
choke fed (get) (skull)

Section C: Changing Sounds:


Change the o in rock to a. What is the new word? rack Change the o in boss to a. What is the new word? bass
Change the p in flap to t. What is the new word? flat Change the n in name to c. What is the new word? came

Section D: Reading Nonsense Words:


wom jex dibe chiv

Section E: Reading Real Words:


plan hut tent chip

Total Correct (out of 20): ________


259
Progress Monitoring: Blending (con’t)
Student Name: ________________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment

Data Point 3 Date: ____________


Section A: Blending Word Parts:
floor…ing cab…i…net drive…way pic…ture

Section B: Blending Phonemes:


/b//ŭ//mp/ /b//ŏ//x/ /gr//ĭ//t/ /s//ī//d/
(bump) (box) (grit) (side)

Section C: Changing Sounds:


Change the b in bike to m. What is the new word? mike Change the a in black to o. What is the new word? block
Change the v in cave to g. What is the new word? cage Change the m in mop to p. What is the new word? pop

Section D: Reading Nonsense Words:


hiv gox plick sim

Section E: Reading Real Words:


loon life house rich

Total Correct (out of 20): ________


...................................................................................

Data Point 4 Date: ____________


Section A: Blending Word Parts:
pur…ple home…run pig…gy o…cean

Section B: Blending Phonemes:


/k//ĭ//s/ /m//ā//d/ /h//ē//d/ /g//ō//l//d/
(kiss) (made) (heed) (gold)

Section C: Changing Sounds:


Change the n in green to d. What is the new word? greed Change the sh in flash to g. What is the new word? flag
Change the sh in shelf to s. What is the new word? self Change the a in tag to u. What is the new word? tug

Section D: Reading Nonsense Words:


kol grat rul gov

Section E: Reading Real Words:


blog pass town sprig

Total Correct (out of 20): ________

260
Progress Monitoring: Blending (con’t)
Student Name: ________________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment

Data Point 5 Date: ____________


Section A: Blending Word Parts:
grape…fruit tur…key au…to…mo…bile teach…er

Section B: Blending Phonemes:


/r//ă//p/ /f//ŭ//s/ /s//ŭ//m/ /j//ō//k/
(rap) (fuss) (sum) (joke)

Section C: Changing Sounds:


Change the g in frog to m. What is the new word? from Take away the e in slime. What is the new word? slim
Change the e in vet to a. What is the new word? vat Take away the e in cone. What is the new word? con

Section D: Reading Nonsense Words:


shik rop rax tris

Section E: Reading Real Words:


coat hope trick goat

Total Correct (out of 20): ________


...................................................................................

Data Point 6 Date: ____________


Section A: Blending Word Parts:
pock…et hum…ming snow…man eat…ing

Section B: Blending Phonemes:


/h//ĭ//s/ /p//ō//k/ /b//ē//t/ /b//ī//k/
(his) (poke) (beet) (bike)

Section C: Changing Sounds:


Take away the e in mope. What is the new word? mop Change the l in pail to n. What is the new word? pain
Change the r in rest to t. What is the new word? test Change the a in tack to o. What is the new word? tock

Section D: Reading Nonsense Words:


pog nid tob hib

Section E: Reading Real Words:


blip not mire blow

Total Correct (out of 20): ________

261
Progress Monitoring: Blending (con’t)
Student Name: ________________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment

Data Point 7 Date: ____________


Section A: Blending Word Parts:
road…side un…der…neath hap…pi…ness so…fa

Section B: Blending Phonemes:


/f//ŏ//g/ /b//ŭ//s/ /h//ŭ//g/ /r//ĕ//x/
(fog) (bus) (hug) (rex)

Section C: Changing Sounds:


Change the s in seed to bl. What is the new word? bleed Change the i in bid to u. What is the new word? bud
Change the c in face to m. What is the new word? fame Change the d in duck to tr. What is the new word? truck

Section D: Reading Nonsense Words:


flove wode fove clede

Section E: Reading Real Words:


vent gut hone zest

Total Correct (out of 20): ________


...................................................................................

Data Point 8 Date: ____________


Section A: Blending Word Parts:
ad…ven…ture yes…ter…day won…der…land mus…tard

Section B: Blending Phonemes:


/w//ē//l/ /n//ā//l/ /p//ŭ//p/ /p//ă//k/
(wheel) (nail) (pup) (pack)

Section C: Changing Sounds:


Take away the e in grime. What is the new word? grim Change the m in loom to k. What is the new word? look
Change the t in teen to qu. What is the new word? queen Change the e in held to o. What is the new word? hold

Section D: Reading Nonsense Words:


jeke bife nebe kize

Section E: Reading Real Words:


grown from push crest

Total Correct (out of 20): ________

262
Progress Monitoring: Blending (con’t)
Student Name: ________________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment

Data Point 9 Date: ____________


Section A: Blending Word Parts:
lamp…shade love…ly crank…ing pop…corn

Section B: Blending Phonemes:


/r//ŭ//g/ /gl//ō//b/ /l//ŏ//k/ /r//ī//p/
(rug) (globe) (lock) (ripe)

Section C: Changing Sounds:


Change the ck in chick to p. What is the new word? chip Change the m in moon to n. What is the new word? noon
Take away the e in quite. What is the new word? quit Take away the e in made. What is the new word? mad

Section D: Reading Nonsense Words:


blawn vurt theep doop

Section E: Reading Real Words:


jeer much dish mind

Total Correct (out of 20): ________


...................................................................................

Data Point 10 Date: ____________


Section A: Blending Word Parts:
swal…low barn…yard in…side sit…u…a…tion

Section B: Blending Phonemes:


/b//ĕ//st/ /j//ŭ//st/ /l//ă//k/ /p//ā//v/
(best) (just) (lack) (pave)

Section C: Changing Sounds:


Change the n in name to c. What is the new word? came Change the st in stink to p. What is the new word? pink
Take away the e in slope. What is the new word? slop Take away the e in fate. What is the new word? fat

Section D: Reading Nonsense Words:


kawk beesh zurt vawn

Section E: Reading Real Words:


bound fig voice greet

Total Correct (out of 20): ________

263
Progress Monitoring: Blending (con’t)
Student Name: ________________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment

Data Point 11 Date: ____________


Section A: Blending Word Parts:
swim…ming e…mo…tion…al head…ache cris…py

Section B: Blending Phonemes:


/l//ĕ//s/ /w//ē//d/ /n//ĭ//p/ /dr//ī//v/
(less) (weed) (nip) (drive)

Section C: Changing Sounds:


Take away the e in plane. What is the new word? plan Change the l in lace to f. What is the new word? face
Change the sl in slip to dr. What is the new word? drip Change the e in red to a. What is the new word? rad

Section D: Reading Nonsense Words:


fown mive berm lod

Section E: Reading Real Words:


near clean thick born

Total Correct (out of 20): ________


...................................................................................

Data Point 12 Date: ____________


Section A: Blending Word Parts:
eye…ball le…mon sit…ting win…dy

Section B: Blending Phonemes:


/f//ō//n/ /ch//ĭ//ck/ /d//ŭ//l/ /k//ī//t/
(phone) (chick) (dull) (kite)

Section C: Changing Sounds:


Change the p in pure to c. What is the new word? cure Change the s in sip to z. What is the new word? zip
Change the mp in jump to g. What is the new word? jug Change the g in frog to m. What is the new word? from

Section D: Reading Nonsense Words:


stom quind plave fak

Section E: Reading Real Words:


glide quick toad goof

Total Correct (out of 20): ________

264
Universal Screening and Progress Monitoring Student Assessment Sheet
(COMPREHENSIVE ASSESSMENTS )
Use this student assessment sheet to complete sections D and E on the Universal Screening and the weekly Progress Monitoring
assessments. Allow him/her to read from this sheet as you mark correct or incorrect responses on the Teacher Recording Sheets. Allow
the student 30 seconds to read the nonsense words in section D and 30 seconds to read the real words in section E.
Universal Screening/Baseline:
Section D mip kib vum trat Section E den tip bent win
Data Point 1:
Section D blom shub pluz wof Section E five rope grade mule
Data Point 2:
Section D wom jex dibe chiv Section E plan hut tent chip
Data Point 3:
Section D hiv gox plick sim Section E loon life house rich
Data Point 4:
Section D kol grat rul gov Section E blog pass town sprig
Data Point 5:
Section D shik rop rax tris Section E coat hope trick goat
Data Point 6:
Section D pog nid tob hib Section E blip not mire blow
Data Point 7:
Section D flove wode fove clede Section E vent gut hone zest
Data Point 8:
Section D jeke bife nebe kize Section E grown from push crest
Data Point 9:
Section D blawn vurt theep doop Section E jeer much dish mind
Data Point 10:
Section D kawk beesh zurt vawn Section E bound fig voice greet
Data Point 11:
Section D jown mive berm lod Section E near clean thick born
Data Point 12:
Section D stom quind plave fak Section E glide quick toad goof

265
RTI GRAPH
UNIVERSAL SCREENING & PROGRESS MONITORING
Blending (comprehensive assessments)

Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each
comprehensive blending assessment given.

Blending
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
Student Score

11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
*Goal

*Establish goal line before intervention begins

266
Supplemental Progress Monitoring
Blending (blending word parts)
Student Name: ___________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ______________
Directions: Say each word-part below clearly and concisely. Have the student blend the parts together and orally say the word as a
complete unit. (Example: tro…phy = trophy). Place a check under each correct response.
Baseline: (Date: ____________)
pa…per kit…ten print…er en…ve…lope sto…ry sand…wich po…ta…to bug…gie wa…ter…fall sea…son

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 1: (Date: ____________)
ca…ter…pill…er mes…sy tor…till…a mon…key note…book tel…e…phone bot…tle glass…es sub…way sip…ping

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 2: (Date: ____________)
fish…tail an…i…mal moun…tain floor…ing cab…i…net drive…way pic…ture run…ning hot…dog book…case

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 3: (Date: ____________)
me…cha…nic ham…bur…ger key…board plan…ted ster…e…o clock…wise pen…cil com…pu…ter doc…tor sim…ple

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 4: (Date: ____________)
u…ni…verse stair…way pa…per…clip re…cli…ner tel…e…vis…ion car…wash pur…ple home…run pig…gy o…cean

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 5: (Date: ____________)
grape…fruit tur…key au…to…mo…bile teach…er pock…et hum…ming snow…man eat…ing ex…am…ple trash…can

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 6: (Date: ____________)
mus…cle side…walk ce…re…al el…e…phant phot…o…graph emp…ty cof…fee dai…ly soft…ware fun…ny

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 7: (Date: ____________)
light…ning cop…per road…side un…der…neath hap…pi…ness so…fa vi…de…o fresh…ness pea…net te…le…phone

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 8: (Date: ____________)
waf…fle ma…chine co…py sub…ma…rine ad…ven…ture yes…ter…day won…der…land mus…tard en…gine car…pet

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 9: (Date: ____________)
lamp…shade love…ly crank…ing pop…corn swal…low barn…yard in…side sit…u…a…tion ash…tray sun…shine

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 10: (Date: ____________)
wa…ter…mel…lon door…frame mon…ey swim…ming e…mo…tion…al head…ache cris…py ti…ger ex…treme la…zy

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 11: (Date: ____________)
ba…by noth…ing sou…py al…a…ba…ma rock…ing rail…road cur…tain ex…ci…ted plat…ter hors…es

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 12: (Date: ____________)
ha…bi…tat croc…o…dile e…lec…tric clothes…line ra…di…o eye…ball le…mon sit…ting win…dy ex…haus…ted

Total # Correct: _____


267
Supplemental RTI GRAPH
Blending (blending word parts)

Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each
Blending (blending word parts) assessment given.

Blending (blending word parts)


10

6
Student Score

0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
*Goal

*Establish goal line before intervention begins

268
Supplemental Progress Monitoring
Blending (blending phonemes)
Student Name: ___________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ______________
Directions: Say each series of phonemes below. Have the student blend the sounds to create a word. (Examples: /d//ŏ//t/ = dot,
/v//ō//t/ = vote). Place a check under each correct response.
Baseline: (Date: ____________)
/p//ŏ//t/ /l//ā//t/ /d//ē//r/ /s//ŭ//p/ /h//ĭ//l/ /t//ō//t/ /w//ă//g/ /p//ĕ//t/ /t//ŭ//g/ /m//ī//l/
(pot) (late) (deer) (sup) (hill) (tote) (wag) (pet) (tug) (mile)
Total # Correct: _____
Data Point 1: (Date: ____________)
/f//ē//t/ /r//ŏ//t/ /c//ō//p/ /t//ā//l/ /g//ĕ//t/ /sk//ŭ//l/ /fr//ī//t/ /f//ă//n/ /r//ĭ//nk/ /n//ŭ//t/
(feet) (rot) (cope) (tale) (get) (skull) (fright) (fan) (rink) (nut)
Total # Correct: _____
Data Point 2: (Date: ____________)
/qu//ā//k/ /l//ĕ//nd/ /b//ŭ//mp/ /b//ŏ//x/ /gr//ĭ//t/ /s//ī//d/ /j//ă//m/ /h//ō//l/ /n//ŭ//m/ /f//ē//l/
(quake) (lend) (bump) (box) (grit) (side) (jam) (hole) (numb) (feel)
Total # Correct: _____
Data Point 3: (Date: ____________)
/c//ŭ//t/ /f//ī//l/ /y//ĕ//t/ /p//ŭ//g/ /h//ŏ//t/ /b//ă//th/ /k//ĭ//s/ /m//ā//d/ /h//ē//d/ /g//ō//l//d/
(cut) (file) (yet) (pug) (hot) (bath) (kiss) (made) (heed) (gold)
Total # Correct: _____
Data Point 4: (Date: ____________)
/r//ă//p/ /f//ŭ//s/ /s//ŭ//m/ /j//ō//k/ /cr//ē//p/ /m//ŏ//p/ /d//ā//m/ /j//ĕ//t/ /p//ī//l/ /v//ĭ//m/
(rap) (fuss) (sum) (joke) (creep) (mop) (dame) (jet) (pile) (vim)
Total # Correct: _____
Data Point 5: (Date: ____________)
/h//ĭ//s/ /p//ō//k/ /b//ē//t/ /b//ī//k/ /g//ā//v/ /w//ă//m/ /f//ŏ//g/ /b//ŭ//s/ /h//ŭ//g/ /r//ĕ//x/
(his) (poke) (beet) (bike) (gave) (wham) (fog) (bus) (hug) (rex)
Total # Correct: _____
Data Point 6: (Date: ____________)
/g//ō//t/ /qu//ĭ//ck/ /t//ī//d/ /s//ā//m/ /r//ē//d/ /c//ŭ//d/ /w//ĕ//t/ /l//ŏ//p/ /l//ă//p/ /b//ŭ//z/
(goat) (quick) (tide) (same) (reed) (cud) (wet) (lop) (lap) (buzz)
Total # Correct: _____
Data Point 7: (Date: ____________)
/w//ē//l/ /n//ā//l/ /p//ŭ//p/ /p//ă//k/ /t//ĭ//p/ /h//ĕ//d/ /r//ŭ//g/ /gl//ō//b/ /l//ŏ//k/ /r//ī//p/
(wheel) (nail) (pup) (pack) (tip) (head) (rug) (globe) (lock) (ripe)

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 8: (Date: ____________)
/b//ĕ//st/ /j//ŭ//st/ /l//ă//k/ /p//ā//v/ /k//ē//p/ /f//ō//n/ /ch//ĭ//ck/ /d//ŭ//l/ /k//ī//t/ /r//ŏ//k/
(best) (just) (lack) (pave) (keep) (phone) (chick) (dull) (kite) (rock)
Total # Correct: _____
Data Point 9: (Date: ____________)
/g//ŭ//l/ /m//ă//p/ /ch//ō//s/ /fr//ŏ//g/ /t//ŭ//f/ /l//ĕ//s/ /w//ē//d/ /n//ĭ//p/ /dr//ī//v/ /b//ā//s/
(gull) (map) (chose) (frog) (tough) (less) (weed) (nip) (drive) (base)
Total # Correct: _____
Data Point 10: (Date: ____________)
/c//ŭ//p/ /tr//ī//b/ /r//ă//m/ /k//ĭ//l/ /b//ŏ//t/ /s//ā//j/ /l//ē//p/ /r//ĕ//d/ /s//ō//l/ /c//ŭ//p/
(cup) (tribe) (ram) (kill) (bot) (sage) (leap) (red) (soul) (cup)

Total # Correct: _____


Data Point 11: (Date: ____________)
/b//ā//t/ /h//ŭ//t/ /z//ē//l/ /m//ī//t/ /r//ŭ//f/ /g//ŏ//b/ /c//ō//l//d/ /gl//ă//d/ /h//ĕ//x/ /p//ĭ//t/
(bait) (hut) (zeal) (might) (rough) (gob) (cold) (glad) (hex) (pit)
Total # Correct: _____
Data Point 12: (Date: ____________)
/d//ŭ//m//p/ /v//ā//s/ /p//ī//n/ /m//ă//sh/ /f//ĕ//l/ /bl//ŏ//b/ /f//ŭ//l/ /z//ĭ//p/ /b//ē//m/ /p//ō//l/
(dump) (vase) (pine) (mash) (fell) (blob) (full) (zip) (beam) (pole)
Total # Correct: _____

269
Supplemental RTI GRAPH
Blending (blending phonemes)

Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each
Blending (blending phonemes) assessment given.

Blending (blending phonemes)


10

6
Student Score

0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
*Goal

*Establish goal line before intervention begins

270
Supplemental Progress Monitoring
Blending (changing and blending new words)
Student Name: ___________________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ______________
Directions: Read each question below. Have the student change the sound indicated and say the new word. Place a check in the
‘Response’ column for each correct answer.
Baseline: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: ____ Data Point 7: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: ____
Question Response Question Response
Change the r in ripe to p. What is the new word? pipe Change the h in house to m. What is the new word? mouse
Change the sh in flash to g. What is the new word? flag Change the g in bag to sh. What is the new word? bash
Change the a in tag to u. What is the new word? tug Change the i in mind to e. What is the new word? mend
Change the b in born to w. What is the new word? worn Change the sm in smart to t. What is the new word? tart
Take away the e in plane. What is the new word? plan Take away the e in cone. What is the new word? con

Data Point 1: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: ____ Data Point 8: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: ____
Question Response Question Response
Change the sl in slip to dr. What is the new word? drip Change the t in tax to w. What is the new word? wax
Change the l in lace to f. What is the new word? face Change the ck in back to m. What is the new word? bam
Change the e in red to a. What is the new word? rad Change the a in lack to u. What is the new word? luck
Change the m in moon to n. What is the new word? noon Change the p in clap to n. What is the new word? clan
Take away the e in made. What is the new word? mad Take away the e in state. What is the new word? stat
Data Point 2: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: ___ Data Point 9: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: ____
Question Response Question Response
Change the dr in drive to h. What is the new word? hive Change the p in pure to c. What is the new word? cure
Change the p in flap to t. What is the new word? flat Change the mp in jump to g. What is the new word? jug
Change the o in boss to a. What is the new word? bass Change the i in sink to a. What is the new word? sank
Change the n in name to c. What is the new word? came Change the r in rain to p. What is the new word? pain
Take away the e in slope. What is the new word? slop Take away the e in tote. What is the new word? tot

Data Point 3: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct:____ Data Point 10: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: ____
Question Response Question Response
Change the y in yell to sm. What is the new word? smell Change the s in sip to z. What is the new word? zip
Change the st in first to m. What is the new word? firm Change the g in frog to m. What is the new word? from
Change the u in mule to a. What is the new word? male Change the e in vet to a. What is the new word? vat
Change the st in stink to p. What is the new word? pink Change the tr in trunk to d. What is the new word? dunk
Take away the e in fate. What is the new word? fat Take away the e in slime. What is the new word? slim

Data Point 4: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: ____ Data Point 11: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: ____
Question Response Question Response
Change the b in bike to m. What is the new word? mike Change the n in green to d. What is the new word? greed
Change the v in cave to g. What is the new word? cage Change the sh in shelf to s. What is the new word? self
Change the a in black to o. What is the new word? block Change the o in rock to a. What is the new word? rack
Change the m in mop to p. What is the new word? pop Change the br in brick to w. What is the new word? wick
Take away the e in huge. What is the new word? hug Take away the e in mope. What is the new word? mop
Data Point 5: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: ____ Data Point 12: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: ____
Question Response Question Response
Change the s in seed to bl. What is the new word? bleed Change the r in rest to t. What is the new word? test
Change the c in face to m. What is the new word? fame Change the l in pail to n. What is the new word? pain
Change the i in bid to u. What is the new word? bud Change the a in tack to o. What is the new word? tock
Change the d in duck to tr. What is the new word? truck Change the qu in quit to p. What is the new word? pit
Take away the e in grime. What is the new word? grim Take away the e in rate. What is the new word? rat

Data Point 6: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: ____


Question Response
Change the t in teen to qu. What is the new word? queen
Change the m in loom to k. What is the new word? look
Change the e in held to o. What is the new word? hold
Change the ck in chick to p. What is the new word? chip
Take away the e in quite. What is the new word? quit

271
Supplemental RTI GRAPH
Blending (changing and blending new words)

Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each
Blending (changing and blending new words) assessment given.

Blending (changing and blending new words)


5

3
Student Score

0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
*Goal

*Establish goal line before intervention begins

272
Supplemental Progress Monitoring
Blending (reading CVC nonsense words without consonant blends)
Student Name: __________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Directions: Using a timer, have the student read for ONE MINUTE the nonsense words from the ‘Reading Nonsense Words without
Consonant Blends (CVC) Student Assessment Sheet’. Mark correct or incorrect responses below.
Baseline: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
mip kib vum nat pom lub suz wof jel biv

Data Point 1: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


miv rog pib koj teg hib koz pev fod jos

Data Point 2: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


lav jek zof bov vid nov sed tib wod pob

Data Point 3: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


hiv gom wic sim kol gat ruz gov rop bef

Data Point 4: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


cas rin dup heg mip fod waz zov jom fip

Data Point 5: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


bov wab dap ris mez mak nol peb lod raf

Data Point 6: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


tas wox gib kig loc mup fev bon hof sen

Data Point 7: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


tid yun lej tob lup vis zof geb tam raf

Data Point 8: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


heg ved def jep bif ned kib fak pok zim

Data Point 9: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


bot bim nom kus rol het vop gom huf sib

Data Point 10: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
piz rak hab gat nov mik rop vam lis yig

Data Point 11: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
pab feb rit sug vap yev gac lup vib raf

Data Point 12: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
pog nid tob hib maz riv puz dob nas sok

273
Reading Nonsense Words without Consonant Blends (CVC)
Student Assessment Sheet (ONE MINUTE ASSESSMENT)

Baseline:
mip kib vum nat pom lub suz wof jel biv

Data Point 1:
miv rog pib koj teg hib koz pev fod jos

Data Point 2:
lav jek zof bov vid nov sed tib wod pob

Data Point 3:
hiv gom wic sim kol gat ruz gov rop bef

Data Point 4:
cas rin dup heg mip fod waz zov jom fip

Data Point 5:
bov wab dap ris mez mak nol peb lod raf

Data Point 6:
tas wox gib kig loc mup fev bon hof sen

Data Point 7:
tid yun lej tob lup vis zof geb tam raf

Data Point 8:
heg ved def jep bif ned kib fak pok zim

Data Point 9:
bot bim nom kus rol het vop gom huf sib

Data Point 10:


piz rak hab gat nov mik rop vam lis yig

Data Point 11:


pab feb rit sug vap yev gac lup vib raf

Data Point 12:


pog nid tob hib maz riv puz dob nas sok

274
Supplemental RTI GRAPH
Blending (reading CVC nonsense words without consonant blends)
Student Name: ____________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP)
scores for each Blending (reading CVC nonsense words without consonant blends) assessment
given.

Blending (reading CVC nonsense words without consonant blends)


10

6
Student Score

0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
*Goal

*Establish goal line before intervention begins

275
Supplemental Progress Monitoring
Blending (reading CVC nonsense words with and without consonant blends)
Student Name: _________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: _____________
Directions: Using a timer, have the student read for ONE MINUTE the nonsense words from the ‘Reading Nonsense Words with and
without Consonant Blends (CVC) Student Assessment Sheet’. Mark correct or incorrect responses below.
Baseline: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
mip kib vum trat blom shub pluz wof jex chiv

Data Point 1: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


miv rog pib koj teb prib yof pev blod tros

Data Point 2: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


plav jek plof flov wid fov cled chib wod pob

Data Point 3: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


hiv gox plick sim kol grat rul gov brop bex

Data Point 4: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


cas drin dup deg trin frod waz zov jom fip

Data Point 5: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


bov wab dap ris mez mak nol peb lod graf

Data Point 6: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


tas wox quib kig sloc mup fev blox hof stom

Data Point 7: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


stid yun lej trub glup vis zof geb trog braf

Data Point 8: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


heg ved def jep bif neb kib fak plok chim

Data Point 9: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


brov bim nom kus rol het vop grom huf sib

Data Point 10: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
piz ral quab gat nov shik rop rax tris prig

Data Point 11: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
pab bleb blit sug vap yev gac lup vib raf

Data Point 12: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
pog nid tob hib maz pliv pruz dob nas sok

276
Reading Nonsense Words with and without Consonant Blends (CVC)
Student Assessment Sheet (ONE MINUTE ASSESSMENT)
Baseline:
mip kib vum trat blom shub pluz wof jex chiv
Data Point 1:
miv rog pib koj teb prib yof pev blod tros
Data Point 2:
plav jek plof flov wid fov cled chib wod pob
Data Point 3:
hiv gox plick sim kol grat rul gov brop bex
Data Point 4:
cas drin dup deg trin frod waz zov jom fip
Data Point 5:
bov wab dap ris mez mak nol peb lod graf
Data Point 6:
tas wox quib kig sloc mup fev blox hof stom
Data Point 7:
stid yun lej trub glup vis zof geb trog braf
Data Point 8:
heg ved def jep bif neb kib fak plok chim
Data Point 9:
brov bim nom kus rol het vop grom huf sib
Data Point 10:
piz ral quab gat nov shik rop rax tris prig
Data Point 11:
pab bleb blit sug vap yev gac lup vib raf
Data Point 12:
pog nid tob hib maz pliv pruz dob nas sok
277
Supplemental RTI GRAPH
Blending (reading CVC nonsense words with and without consonant blends)
Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each
Blending (reading CVC nonsense words with and without consonant blends) assessment given.

Blending (reading CVC nonsense words with and without consonant blends)
10

6
Student Score

0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
*Goal

*Establish goal line before intervention begins

278
Supplemental Progress Monitoring
Blending (reading CVCe nonsense words without consonant blends)
Student Name: _________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: _____________
Directions: Using a timer, have the student read for ONE MINUTE the nonsense words from the ‘Reading Nonsense Words without
Consonant Blends (CVCe) Student Assessment Sheet’. Mark correct or incorrect responses below.
Baseline: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
mipe kibe vume tabe bome hube puge wofe jeve huve

Data Point 1: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


mive roge pibe kove tebe pibe yome pene lode toze

Data Point 2: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


lave jeke pofe fove wode fove lede hibe wope pobe

Data Point 3: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


hibe goce kike sime kole rabe ruke gove bope beve

Data Point 4: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


cabe rine dufe dege tine fode waze zove jome fipe

Data Point 5: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


bove wabe dipe ribe meze mage nole pebe zole gafe

Data Point 6: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


tase wote libe kibe soce mupe feve boze hofe tome

Data Point 7: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


jide yune lebe rube lupe mipe zofe gebe toge bafe

Data Point 8: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


hege vede defe jeke bife nebe kize fafe voke hipe

Data Point 9: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


bove bime nome kuse roge hete vope gome hufe sibe

Data Point 10: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
pize rabe wabe gafe nove vike wope rame tise rige

Data Point 11: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
pabe lebe libe sute vape yeve gace lupe pibe rafe

Data Point 12: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
poge nide tobe hibe mage pive ruze dobe nase soke

279
Reading Nonsense Words without Consonant Blends (CVCe)
Student Assessment Sheet (ONE MINUTE ASSESSMENT)
Baseline:
mipe kibe vume tabe bome hube puge wofe jeve huve
Data Point 1:
mive roge pibe kove tebe pibe yome pene lode toze
Data Point 2:
lave jeke pofe fove wode fove lede hibe wope pobe
Data Point 3:
hibe goce kike sime kole rabe ruke gove bope beve
Data Point 4:
cabe rine dufe dege tine fode waze zove jome fipe
Data Point 5:
bove wabe dipe ribe meze mage nole pebe zole gafe
Data Point 6:
tase wote libe kibe soce mupe feve boze hofe tome
Data Point 7:
jide yune lebe rube lupe mipe zofe gebe toge bafe
Data Point 8:
hege vede defe jeke bife nebe kize fafe voke hipe
Data Point 9:
bove bime nome kuse roge hete vope gome hufe sibe
Data Point 10:
pize rabe wabe gafe nove vike wope rame tise rige
Data Point 11:
pabe lebe libe sute vape yeve gace lupe pibe rafe
Data Point 12:
poge nide tobe hibe mage pive ruze dobe nase soke

280
Supplemental RTI GRAPH
Blending (reading CVCe nonsense words without Consonant Blends)
Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each
Blending (reading CVCe nonsense words without consonant blends) assessment given.

Blending (reading CVCe nonsense words without consonant blends)


10

6
Student Score

0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
*Goal

*Establish goal line before intervention begins

281
Supplemental Progress Monitoring
Blending (reading CVCe nonsense words with and without consonant blends)
Student Name: __________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
Directions: Using a timer, have the student read for ONE MINUTE the nonsense words from the ‘Reading Nonsense Words with and
without Consonant Blends (CVCe) Student Assessment Sheet’. Mark correct or incorrect responses below.
Baseline: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
mipe kibe vume trabe blome shube pluge wofe jeve chuve

Data Point 1: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


mive roge pibe kove tebe pribe yome pene blode troze

Data Point 2: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


plave jeke plofe flove wode fove clede chibe wode pobe

Data Point 3: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


hibe goce plicke sime kole grabe ruke gove brope beve

Data Point 4: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


cabe drine dufe dege trine frode waze zove jome fipe

Data Point 5: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


bove wabe dipe ribe meze mage nole pebe zole grafe

Data Point 6: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


tase wote quibe kibe sloce mupe feve bloze hofe stome

Data Point 7: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


stide yune lebe trube glupe mipe zofe gebe troge brafe

Data Point 8: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


hege vede defe jeke bife nebe kize fafe ploke chipe

Data Point 9: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


brove bime nome kuse roge hete vope grome hufe sibe

Data Point 10: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
pize rabe quabe gafe nove shike wope rame trise prige

Data Point 11: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
pabe blebe blibe sute vape yeve gace lupe pibe rafe

Data Point 12: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
poge nide tobe hibe mage plive pruze dobe nase soke

282
Reading Nonsense Words with and without Consonant Blends (CVCe)
Student Assessment Sheet (ONE MINUTE ASSESSMENT)
Baseline:
mipe kibe vume trabe blome shube pluge wofe jeve chuve
Data Point 1:
mive roge pibe kove tebe pribe yome pene blode troze
Data Point 2:
plave jeke plofe flove wode fove clede chibe wode pobe
Data Point 3:
hibe goce plicke sime kole grabe ruke gove brope beve
Data Point 4:
cabe drine dufe dege trine frode waze zove jome fipe
Data Point 5:
bove wabe dipe ribe meze mage nole pebe zole grafe
Data Point 6:
tase wote quibe kibe sloce mupe feve bloze hofe stome
Data Point 7:
stide yune lebe trube glupe mipe zofe gebe troge brafe
Data Point 8:
hege vede defe jeke bife nebe kize fafe ploke chipe
Data Point 9:
brove bime nome kuse roge hete vope grome hufe sibe
Data Point 10:
brove bime nome kuse roge hete vope grome hufe sibe
Data Point 11:
pabe blebe blibe sute vape yeve gace lupe pibe rafe
Data Point 12:
poge nide tobe hibe mage plive pruze dobe nase soke
283
Supplemental RTI GRAPH
Blending (reading CVCe nonsense words with and without Consonant Blends)
Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each
Blending (reading CVCe nonsense words with and without consonant blends) assessment given.

Blending (reading CVCe nonsense words with and without consonant blends)
10

6
Student Score

0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
*Goal

*Establish goal line before intervention begins

284
Supplemental Progress Monitoring
Blending (reading nonsense words: vowel diagraphs & other vowels)
Student Name: _____________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: _____________
Directions: Using a timer, have the student read for ONE MINUTE the nonsense words from the ‘Reading Nonsense Words (Vowel
Digraphs & Other Vowels) Student Assessment Sheet’. Mark correct or incorrect responses below.
Baseline: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
pight keigh dreak feeb frain migh droam woap souch chirt

Data Point 1: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


feesh poil gark cheight joap hoat shaig quoon goot tralk

Data Point 2: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


dright glay weeth blawn vurt theep doop breep blaught clirm

Data Point 3: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


poy bloab cloam proeb plook chown shoath trigh zeam grair

Data Point 4: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


rawk graught feesh noy gark prail whirp proil joach blerm

Data Point 5: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


mirt stroop yirg ligh fleak phound clalk berm lod vown

Data Point 6: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


dray zair steeth flain blark plar roon flook splark murt

Data Point 7: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


gleight quind prail weech thail clart mought prall blay mursh

Data Point 8: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


fouth groy flerm phawk beesh zurt vawn froop whirt churm

Data Point 9: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


slair kload teesh fround jall plind veigh durst pawk tweal

Data Point 10: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
snoy kligh veech soat broe dreight prigh slare pursh pheam

Data Point 11: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
dirp jart burth quirl browt shoop yook zoy plawn trar

Data Point 12: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
shail prain grawk blook shaip roop mird plart fooch floil

285
Reading Nonsense Words (Vowel Diagraphs & Other Vowels)
Student Assessment Sheet (ONE MINUTE ASSESSMENT)
Baseline:
pight keigh dreak feeb frain migh droam woap souch chirt
Data Point 1:
feesh poil gark cheight joap hoat shaig quoon goot tralk
Data Point 2:
dright glay weeth blawn vurt theep doop breep blaught clirm
Data Point 3:
poy bloab cloam proeb plook chown shoath trigh zeam grair
Data Point 4:
rawk graught feesh noy gark prail whirp proil joach blerm
Data Point 5:
mirt stroop yirg ligh fleak phound clalk berm lod vown
Data Point 6:
dray zair steeth flain blark plar roon flook splark murt
Data Point 7:
gleight quind prail weech thail clart mought prall blay mursh
Data Point 8:
fouth groy flerm phawk beesh zurt vawn froop whirt churm
Data Point 9:
slair kload teesh fround jall plind veigh durst pawk tweal
Data Point 10:
snoy kligh veech soat broe dreight prigh slare pursh pheam
Data Point 11:
dirp jart burth quirl browt shoop yook zoy plawn trar
Data Point 12:
shail prain grawk blook shaip roop mird plart fooch floil
286
Supplemental RTI GRAPH
Blending (reading nonsense words: vowel diagraphs & other vowels)
Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each
Blending (reading nonsense words: vowel diagraphs & other vowels) assessment given.

Blending (reading nonsense words: vowel diagraphs & other vowels)


10

6
Student Score

0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
*Goal

*Establish goal line before intervention begins

287
Supplemental Progress Monitoring
Blending (reading nonsense words: all types combined)
Student Name: _____________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: _____________
Directions: Using a timer, have the student read for ONE MINUTE the nonsense words from the ‘Reading Nonsense Words (Vowel
Digraphs & Other Vowels) Student Assessment Sheet’. Mark correct or incorrect responses below.
Baseline: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
nome bex dreak feeb frain chiv bime woap zov chirt

Data Point 1: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


feesh vape gark cheight grat lupe shaig pabe goot tralk

Data Point 2: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


dright trin kize blawn fafe theep fip breep brove jom

Data Point 3: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


poy vis cloam tebe plook braf neb trigh zeam sute

Data Point 4: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


stom quind plave fak thail clede mup prall blay mursh

Data Point 5: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


mirt stroop yirg ligh fleak phound mive berm lod tris

Data Point 6: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


dray zair steeth flain yome kibe roon flook splark murt

Data Point 7: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


slair kload teesh fround jall plind troze pode pawk tweal

Data Point 8: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


fouth groy flerm phawk beesh zurt vawn froop whirt churm

Data Point 9: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________


blit jart burth prig browt rax yook zoy plawn trar

Data Point 10: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
snoy kligh zole soat trine koj prigh slare dup dipe

Data Point 11: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
ruke prib dreight clede shub ribe plick sim kol flove

Data Point 12: (Date: ____________) Total # Correct: _____ Time: ________
def prain grawk blook vum sloce mage trat gove grafe

288
Reading Nonsense Words (All Types Combined)
Student Assessment Sheet (ONE MINUTE ASSESSMENT)
Baseline:
nome bex dreak feeb frain chiv bime woap zov chirt
Data Point 1:
feesh vape gark cheight grat lupe shaig pabe goot tralk
Data Point 2:
dright trin kize blawn fafe theep fip breep brove jom
Data Point 3:
poy vis cloam tebe plook braf neb trigh zeam sute
Data Point 4:
stom quind plave fak thail clede mup prall blay mursh
Data Point 5:
feb stroop biv ligh fleak sipe mive berm lod tris
Data Point 6:
dray piz steeth vap yome kibe gat flook splark stid
Data Point 7:
slair kload bik fround jall plin troz pode pawk tweal
Data Point 8:
yop groy fleme bis mev zurt vawn bax whirt chume
Data Point 9:
blit jart burth pribe browt rax yook zoy plawn thafe
Data Point 10:
snoy kligh zole soat trine koj prigh slare dup dipe
Data Point 11:
ruke prib dreight clede shub ribe plick sim kol flove
Data Point 12:
def prain grawk blook vum sloce mage trat gove grafe
289
Supplemental RTI GRAPH
Blending (reading nonsense words: all types combined)
Student Name: ______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________

On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each
Blending (reading nonsense words: all types combined) assessment given.

Blending (reading nonsense words: all types combined)


10

6
Student Score

0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12
Date
Student Score
*Goal

*Establish goal line before intervention begins

290
Blending Lesson Checklist
Date(s) lesson was Date lesson was
Name of Lesson taught mastered

Lesson 1: Putting Word Parts Together

Lesson 2: Putting Word Sounds Together

Lesson 3: Stretching Out Words

Lesson 4: Having Fun with Onset-Rimes

Lesson 5: Phoneme Deletion

Lesson 6: Changing Beginning Sounds

Lesson 7: Changing Ending Sounds

Lesson 8: Changing Vowel Sounds

Lesson 9: Changing Sounds Review

Lesson 10: Changing Long Vowels to


Short Vowels

Lesson 11: That’s Nonsense

Lesson 12: Reading Real Words

291
Blending Lesson Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 1)
Student Name: __________________________ Grade: ___ Teacher: ___________
Use these sheets to document the student’s progression through the intervention.
Lesson 1: Putting Word Parts Together
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word below if the student can correctly say it in its
completed form. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately say the complete word after hearing it
broken into word parts.
Word Response Word Response Word Response
break…fast re…mem…ber…ing grass…hop…per
o…cean pa…per sun…shine
piz…za hos…pi…tal run…ning
cu…cum…ber wa…ter hel…ping
ce…re…al fan…cy un…der…stand
trans…por…ta…tion res…cue sca…ry
as…par…a…gus ham…bur…ger par…ty
pan…cake out…side po…lice…wo…man
Date Mastered __________________
Lesson 2: Putting Word Sounds Together
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ next to each word below if the student can correctly say it in its
completed form. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately say the complete word after hearing it
broken into phonemes.
Word Response Word Response Word Response
/p//l//ā//t/ (plate) /t//ā//k/ (take) /ā//b//l/ (able)
/ĭ//ch/ (itch) /k//ŭ//p/ (cup) /ch//ā//n//j/ (change)
/h//ō//s//t/ (host) /h//ĕ//d/ (head) /f//ĭ//g/ (fig)
/d//ar//k/ (dark) /m//ū//t/ (mute) /n//ē//d/ (need)
/s//ă//n//d/ (sand) /w//ĭ//sh/ (wish) /ch//ŏ//p/ (chop)
/w//er//d/ (word) /b//ŭ//t/ (but) /b//l//ē//d/ (bleed)
/j//ŏ//g/ (jog) /p//ă//k/ (pack) /k//ō//p/ (cope)
/s// ĭ//x/ (six) /s//t//ō//n/ (stone) /f//ĭ//sh/ (fish)
Date Mastered __________________
Lesson 3: Stretching Out Words
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ under each word below if the student can accurately stretch
out the phonemes in the word. Allow the student to read from the “Student Assessment Sheet” (p. 55) as you mark correct or
incorrect responses below. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately stretch out the sounds in
one syllable words.
ran fun bad lag leg name dim pox slack talk

send call zip five egg pop mush bath wave black

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 4: Having Fun with Onset-Rimes
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ under each word-ending if the student can accurately use it to
say different words using the consonants or consonant blends listed beneath it. Allow the student to read from the “Student
Assessment Sheet” (p. 57) as you mark correct or incorrect responses below. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can
consistently and accurately create and read words with different onsets (beginning sounds). Special Note: Be sure the student breaks
the word apart by saying the onset and then the rime.

-ish -ark -eet -ay -ake -ost -irth


w, f, d, squ b, d, h sw, tw, m, b, f, fl d, b, n, m, k, fr, pl c, m, b, t, fl, sh c, l, fr b, m, g

-end -elt -ig -um -alm -ope -oin


b, m, l, tr, t b, f, w, p, m b, p, m, v, f, tr, w g, b, r, pl, s, sl, y b, p, c, qu c, d, p, n, m, r, sl c, gr, j, l

Date Mastered __________________

292
Blending Lesson Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 2)
Student Name: _______________________________
Lesson 5: Phoneme Deletion
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ under each word the student can accurately say after omitting
one of its sounds. Allow the student to read from the “Student Assessment Sheet” (p. 59) as you mark correct or incorrect
responses below. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately say words with one sound (phoneme)
omitted.

kiss pike hark ball yes mule mole farm chick heart
omit omit final omit omit final omit final omit omit omit final omit omit final
initial initial initial initial initial

lawn truck pen start bone true book glass leaf chair
omit final omit omit final omit omit final omit omit final omit omit final omit
initial initial initial initial initial

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 6: Changing Beginning Sounds
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ under each word-ending if the student can accurately use it
to say different words using the consonants or consonant blends listed beneath it. Allow the student to read from the “Student
Assessment Sheet” (p. 61) as you mark correct or incorrect responses below. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can
consistently and accurately read words with different beginning sounds.
-ib -ouse -ound -ern -alk
b, f, r, d, cr, l h, m, l, sp, bl b, g, m, p, f f, t, st b, ch, t, st, h, w

-aw -ild -oop -ub -ill


c, dr, h, p, r, s ch, w, m, r c, tr, p, g, st, sc b, c, d, scr, s, t, p, fl b, sk, n, m, p, ch, d

-and -ond -ong -ung -oss


b, br, bl, gr, h, l, s, st b, p, f k, l, g, p, wr, d, h, s l, s, st, d, h b, t, l, m, fl

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 7: Changing Ending Sounds
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ beside each question the student can answer correctly. You
may assess this lesson by orally saying each question (hardest to do), by allowing the student to see each word written before a
substitution is made, or by allowing the student to write the words on a piece of paper. The student has mastered this lesson if
he/she can consistently and accurately read words by changing their ending sounds.
Question √ Question √
Change the t in boot to m. What is the new word? Change the d in kid to t. What is the new word?
Change the k in lake to t. What is the new word? Change the p in rope to d. What is the new word?
Change the t in vat to n. What is the new word? Change the g in flag to p. What is the new word?
Change the n in can to p. What is the new word? Change the p in step to m. What is the new word?
Change the m in dime to v. What is the new word? Change the v in stove to n. What is the new word?
Date Mastered __________________
Lesson 8: Changing Vowel Sounds
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ beside each question the student can answer correctly. You
may assess this lesson by orally saying each question (hardest to do), by allowing the student to see each word written before a
change is made, or by allowing the student to write the words on a piece of paper. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she
can consistently and accurately read words by changing their vowel sounds.
Question √ Question √
Change the a in lane to o. What is the new word? Change the e in pen to a. What is the new word?
Change the o in post to a. What is the new word? Change the o in joke to a. What is the new word?
Change the u but to a. What is the new word? Change the a in cat to o. What is the new word?
Change the i in pit to e. What is the new word? Change the o in fox to a. What is the new word?
Change the i in ripe to o. What is the new word? Change the u in cute to a. What is the new word?
Date Mastered __________________
293
Blending Lesson Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 3)
Student Name: _______________________________
Lesson 9: Changing Sounds Review
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ beside each question the student can answer correctly. You
may assess this lesson by orally saying each question (hardest to do), by allowing the student to see each word written before a
change is made, or by allowing the student to write the words on a piece of paper. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she
can consistently and accurately create and read a word by changing one of its sounds.

Question √ Question √
Change the sl in slip to sh. What is the new word? Change the r in car to t. What is the new word?
Change the ee in sheep to o. What is the new word? Change the s in sock to r. What is the new word?
Change the ll in pill to t. What is the new word? Change the e in red to o. What is the new word?
Change the r in rest to b. What is the new word? Change the o in got to u. What is the new word?
Change the b in bad to m. What is the new word? Change the t in take to l. What is the new word?
Change the t in tote to n. What is the new word? Change the r in run to b. What is the new word?
Date Mastered __________________
Lesson 10: Changing Long Vowels to Short Vowels
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ beside each question the student can answer correctly. You
may assess this lesson by orally saying each question (hardest to do), by allowing the student to see each word written before a
change is made, or by allowing the student to write the words on a piece of paper. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she
can consistently and accurately create and read a word by changing one of its sounds.

Question √ Question √
Take away the e in cope. What is the new word? Take away the e in cate. What is the new word?
Take away the e in rade. What is the new word? Take away the e in slide. What is the new word?
Take away the e in node. What is the new word? Take away the e in prime. What is the new word?
Take away the e in bide. What is the new word? Take away the e in vane. What is the new word?
Take away the e in huge. What is the new word? Take away the e in sine. What is the new word?
Take away the e in gage. What is the new word? Take away the e in dote. What is the new word?
Date Mastered __________________
Lesson 11: That’s Nonsense
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ under each nonsense word the student is able to sound out
correctly. Allow the student to read from the “Student Assessment Sheet” (p. 67) as you mark correct or incorrect responses below.
The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately read nonsense words.
ziv jud gip tec yox taf lut raz juk nef

paf mek nus vog fap wam mude pote hute vade

bot seg gup hod fex mafe sloge bose hof vip

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 12: Reading Real Words
Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a ‘√’ under each word the student is able to easily sound out
correctly. Allow the student to read from the “Student Assessment Sheet” (p. 69) as you mark correct or incorrect responses below.
The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately read the following words.
rat rot rad mad hot hate page fame map fed

hope hop vote top pat nope pond plat flat flap

bland sing will limp plum vine pump feet geek pile

shame sham pace side slam take tack yum gum grade

Date Mastered __________________

294
Blending
Intervention Lessons

Use the following 12 lessons to guide you


through the blending intervention. Remember,
the intervention is individualized to the
student’s needs and must be implemented at
the student’s pace. Don’t move to a new lesson
until mastery of the current lesson is
achieved. Teaching to MASTERY is the goal.

To determine whether or not mastery of each


lesson has been achieved, use the ‘Blending
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets’ (pages
292-294) to measure the student’s proficiency
before beginning a new lesson.

295
Blending: Lesson 1

Lesson Name: Putting Word Parts Together

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student says two or more syllable words after
hearing them broken down into parts.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student how saying words slowly can help us hear sounds and
word parts. Say several one, two, three, and four syllable words and have the student
state how many word parts are in each.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, the student will be blending word parts. Tell
student that you will say the parts of words (in order) and that he/she will put them
together to say one complete word. (Example: “com … pu … ter” = computer)

STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by saying a variety of two or more
syllable words. Continue until the student can easily say complete words after hearing
them broken up into parts.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Blending
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until
mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

296
Blending: Lesson 2

Lesson Name: Putting Word Sounds Together

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student says one syllable words after hearing them
broken down into parts (phonemes).

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student how saying words slowly can help us hear sounds and
word parts. Review blending two or more syllable words by saying several words broken
into parts and having the student say the entire word blended together.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, the student will be blending the sounds heard
in one syllable words. Tell student that you will say the sounds (phonemes) of a word (in
order) and that he/she will put them together to say one complete word. (Example:
/m//ŏ//p/ = mop)

STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by saying a variety of one syllable
words. Continue until the student can easily say complete words after hearing them
broken up into sounds.

***THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT! BE SURE THE STUDENT CAN SAY


ONE SYLLABLE WORDS AFTER HEARING ONLY THE PHONEMES BEFORE MOVING
ON TO THE NEXT LESSON***

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Blending
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until
mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

297
Blending: Lesson 3

Lesson Name: Stretching Out Words

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student sounds out one syllable words by stretching
out the phonemes in each word.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student how saying words slowly can help us hear sounds and word
parts. Review blending the sounds in one syllable words by saying each phoneme and having
the student blend it into one word.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, the student will practice reading simple one
syllable words by stretching out the sounds (phoneme) in each word.

STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by showing him/her simple words (written
on a piece of paper, cards, sticky notes, chalkboard, etc.) and having him sound them out by
stretching each phoneme. (Examples: red = rrrrrĕĕĕĕĕdd, sat = ssssăăăătt, slip =
ssssllllĭĭĭĭpp). Have the student say the word normally after he/she practices stretching it
out.

***THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT!! BE SURE THE STUDENT CAN


STRETCH OUT WRITTEN ONE SYLLABLE WORDS BEFORE MOVING ON TO THE NEXT
LESSON***

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Blending
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until
mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

298
Student Assessment Sheet
Blending Lesson 3
Sound out each word by stretching out each sound (phoneme)

ran fun bad lag leg


name dim pox slack talk
send call zip five egg
pop mush bath wave black

299
Blending: Lesson 4

Lesson Name: Having Fun with Onset-Rimes

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student practices saying words by substituting the


beginning sound of the word with other beginning sounds.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student what onset-rimes are (breaking a word down by saying
its first sound followed by the rest of the word). Give the student several examples of
how words can be broken down into onset-rimes (goat = /g/-oat, vat = /v/-at, rate = /r/-
ate). Have the student practice saying words using the onset-rimes principal.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, the student will practice changing the onset
(beginning sound) of many words to create new words.

STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by showing him/her word-endings
(word families) and then placing various consonants or consonant blends in front of the
word-ending to create new words. Explain that in most cases, words that have the same
letters at the end rhyme and are part of the same family. You may use the letter cards,
blends cards, and word family cards found at the end of this book to help teach this
lesson or you may simply write word-endings on a piece of paper and have the student
write alternative initial letters to create new words.

***THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT!! BE SURE THE STUDENT CAN


CREATE AND READ WORDS USING DIFFERENT ONSETS (BEGINNING SOUNDS)
BEFORE MOVING ON TO THE NEXT LESSON***

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Blending
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until
mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

300
Student Assessment Sheet
Blending Lesson 4
Say each onset-rime with the letters listed below each word-ending

-ish -ark -eet -ay -ake


w, f, d, squ b, d, h sw, tw, m, b, d, b, n, m, k, c, m, b, t, fl,
f, fl fr, pl sh

-end -elt -ig -um -alm


b, m, l, tr, t b, f, w, p, m b, p, m, v, f, g, b, r, pl, s, b, p, c, qu
tr, w sl, y

-ost -ope -irth -oin -ook


c, l, fr c, d, p, n, m, b, m, g c, gr, j, l b, c, h, r, t,
r, sl sh

301
Blending: Lesson 5

Lesson Name: Phoneme Deletion

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student says a word and then restates it by


omitting one of its phonemes.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student how to look at a word and sound it out by pronouncing all
of the sounds (phonemes) in it. Show student several one syllable words (on word cards or
if you prefer, just write random words on a piece of paper, index card, or sticky note)
and have the student practice sounding them out by saying all of their phonemes.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, the student will say a word and then resay it
without one of its sounds.

STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by showing him/her written words and
having him/her sound them out and then state them normally. Once the student says the
correct word have him restate it by having him/her omit one of the sounds (beginning or
ending sounds only). (Examples: “Say ‘hog’ without the ‘h’.”, “Say ‘plat’ without the ‘t’.”,
“Say ‘sun’ without the ‘s’.”)

THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT!! BE SURE THE STUDENT CAN SAY


WORDS WITH OMITTED SOUNDS BEFORE MOVING ON TO THE NEXT LESSON

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Blending
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until
mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

302
Student Assessment Sheet
Blending Lesson 5
Say each word below then restate the word omitting the sound listed below it

kiss pike hark ball yes


omit initial omit final omit initial omit final omit final

lawn truck pen start bone


omit final omit initial omit final omit initial omit final

mule mole farm chick heart


omit initial omit initial omit final omit initial omit final

true book glass leaf chair


omit initial omit final omit initial omit final omit initial

303
Blending: Lesson 6

Lesson Name: Changing Beginning Sounds

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student says a word and then restates it by


substituting the beginning consonant sound with a different consonant sound.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student onset-rime and how words can be broken down into
smaller parts by separating the onset from its rime. Practice the onset-rime principal
with several words.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, the student will read words with different
beginning sounds. Explain that the words read today will be read normally and not broken
down into parts (as in the onset-rime principal).

STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by showing him/her written words and
having him/her read them with a variety of beginning sound. Even have the student say
nonsense words to practice blending sounds together. (Example: remove the ‘h’ in ‘hot’ and
put in a ‘p’ = ‘pot’)

***THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT!! BE SURE THE STUDENT CAN READ


WORDS WITH NUMEROUS BEGINNING SOUNDS BEFORE MOVING ON TO THE
NEXT LESSON***

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Blending
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until
mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

304
Student Assessment Sheet
Blending Lesson 6
Say each word-ending with the beginning sounds below

-ib -ouse -ound -ern -alk


b, f, r, d, cr, h, m, l, sp, bl b, g, m, p, f f, t, st b, ch, t, st,
l h, w

-aw -ild -oop -ub -ill


c, dr, h, p, r, ch, w, m, r c, tr, p, g, b, c, d, scr, b, sk, n, m, p,
s st, sc s, t, p, fl ch, d

-and -ond -ong -ung -oss


b, br, bl, gr, b, p, f k, l, g, p, wr, l, s, st, d, h b, t, l, m, fl
h, l, s, st d, h, s

305
Blending: Lesson 7

Lesson Name: Changing Ending Sounds

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student says a word and then restates it by


substituting the ending consonant sound with a different consonant sound.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student how we can break words into parts to hear all of their
sounds. Practice sounding out several words.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, the student will create and read words with
different ending sounds. Explain that the words read today will be read normally and not
broken down into parts (as in the onset-rime principal).

STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by showing him/her written words and
having him/her read them with a variety of ending sounds. Even have the student say
nonsense words to practice blending sounds together. (Example: change the ‘a’ in ‘tab’ and
put in a ‘u’ = ‘tub’)

***THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT!! BE SURE THE STUDENT CAN READ


WORDS WITH NUMEROUS ENDING SOUNDS BEFORE MOVING ON TO THE NEXT
LESSON***

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Blending
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until
mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

306
Blending: Lesson 8

Lesson Name: Changing Vowel Sounds

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student says a word and then restates it by


substituting the vowel sound in the middle with a different vowel sound.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student how we can break words into parts to hear all of their
sounds. Practice sounding out several words.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, the student will read words and will then
change its vowel sound to say a new word. Explain that the words read today will be read
normally and not broken down into parts (as in the onset-rime principal).

STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by showing him/her written words and
having him/her read them with a variety of vowel sounds. Even have the student say
nonsense words to practice blending sounds together. (Example: change the ‘p’ in ‘mop’ and
put in a ‘b’ = ‘mob’)

***THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT!! BE SURE THE STUDENT CAN READ


WORDS WITH DIFFERENT VOWEL SOUNDS BEFORE MOVING ON TO THE NEXT
LESSON***

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Blending
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until
mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

307
Blending: Lesson 9

Lesson Name: Changing Sounds Review

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student says a word and then restates it by


substituting the beginning, middle, or ending sound with a different sound.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student how we can make new words by changing one of its
sounds. Review lessons 6-8 by asking the student to change one sound in a word to make a
new word. Practice this concept with several words.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, the student will continue changing words to
new words by changing one sound in the word. Tell the student that the sound may be the
beginning sound, the middle sound (the vowel), or the ending sound.

STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by showing him/her written words and
having him/her read them by changing either the beginning, middle, or ending sound.

***THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT!! BE SURE THE STUDENT CAN READ


WORDS WITH DIFFERENT BEGINNING, MIDDLE, OR ENDING SOUNDS BEFORE
MOVING ON TO THE NEXT LESSON***

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Blending
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until
mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

308
Blending: Lesson 10

Lesson Name: Changing Long Vowels to Short Vowels

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student changes a long vowel word into a short
vowel word by omitting the silent ‘e’ at the end.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student how we can make new words by changing one of its
sounds. Practice this concept with several words.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, the student will change the long vowel sound
in a word to a short vowel sound. Explain that in many cases, a one syllable word that ends
with the letter ‘e’ (silent ‘e’) makes the vowel sound in the word a long sound. When the ‘e’
is taken away the vowel sound becomes a short sound.

STEP THREE: Have the student practice changing one syllable long vowel words that end
with a silent ‘e’ to short vowel words by taking off the ‘e’ at the end.

**THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT! BE SURE THE STUDENT CAN EASILY


SAY WORDS WITH BOTH LONG VOWEL SOUNDS AND SHORT VOWEL SOUNDS
BEFORE MOVING ON TO THE NEXT LESSON**

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Blending
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until
mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

309
Blending: Lesson 11

Lesson Name: That’s Nonsense

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student uses blending skills to read nonsense words.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student how we can read a word by saying all of its sounds. Have
the student sound out a variety of words to practice this skill.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, the student will use his/her knowledge of how
to sound out words to read words that don’t make sense, or nonsense words.

STEP THREE: Have the student practice this lesson by writing nonsense words on a piece
of paper, chalkboard, whiteboard, sticky note, etc. and having him/her sound them out.

**THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT!! BE SURE THE STUDENT CAN EASILY


SOUND OUT AND BLEND NONSENSE WORDS BEFORE MOVING ON TO THE NEXT
LESSON**

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Blending
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to
the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until
mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

310
Student Assessment Sheet
Blending Lesson 11
Read each nonsense word below

ziv jud gip tec yox


paf mek nus vog fap
bot seg gup hod fex
taf lut raz juk nef
wam mude pote hute vade
mafe sloge bose hof vip

311
Blending: Lesson 12

Lesson Name: Reading Real Words

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student uses blending skills to read words.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Review with student how we can read a word by saying all of its sounds. Have
the student sound out a variety of words to practice this skill.

STEP TWO: Explain that in today’s lesson, the student will use his/her knowledge of how
to sound out words to read real words (as opposed to nonsense words).

STEP THREE: Have the student practice this lesson by reading words in text, on signs,
on flashcards, etc. This is the time for the student to shine! He/she is a reader!

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has
been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Blending
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson then he/she
has successfully completed the Blending intervention. If the student has NOT mastered
this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

312
Student Assessment Sheet
Blending Lesson 12
Read each word below

rat rot rad mad hot


hate page fame map fed
hope hop vote top pat
nope pond plat flat flap
bland sing will limp plum
vine pump feet geek pile
shame sham pace side slam
take tack yum gum grade

313
314
SIGHT
WORD
RECOGNITION
SIGHT WORD RECOGNITION OVERVIEW
Once it is determined that a student needs this intervention (as evidenced on the Universal
Screening: Sight Word Recognition Assessment), make a copy of the appropriate pages
(listed on the “Sight Word Recognition Let’s Get Started!” page) including the “Sight Word
Recognition Lesson Checklist.” Use the checklist to check off when each lesson was taught
and when it was mastered. Do not move forward to a new lesson until the student has
mastered the lesson he/she is currently on. Also, to assess the student’s response to the
intervention, be sure to monitor his/her progress weekly throughout the twelve-week
implementation period using the Progress Monitoring Assessments (regardless of which
lesson he/she is currently working on). If a student completes all of the Sight Word
Recognition lessons within two to six weeks, he/she still needs to be assessed for at least 2
additional weeks past the point of mastery so as to rule out “lucky guesses” or a “fluke”
with the assessment showing said mastery, If the student has truly MASTERED the Sight
Word Recognition Intervention before the 12-week intervention period ends (as evidenced
by the Progress Monitoring: Sight Word Recognition Assessments), it would be prudent to
move on to an intervention which focuses on more complex concepts such as reading fluency
or reading comprehension. Be sure to collect baseline data before beginning any new
intervention.

The mini- assessments that are a part of the individual lessons are NOT to be used as data
point assessments or the universal screening/baseline. The purpose of those assessments
is to assist the teacher, tutor, or interventionist in knowing whether or not the student
has or has not mastered a particular lesson. The overall timeline for the intervention is 12
weeks with at least three 30-minute sessions occurring each week. However, the
intervention session lessons in this manual are not timed and should be taught in
succession. The student sets the pace according to his/her ability to understand and
master the material. A student may be able to finish two or three lessons in a twenty or
thirty minute time span whereas another student may be able to only complete and master
one lesson over a period of three or four days or even weeks. RTI is an individualized
process and is strictly geared to meet the individual needs of the student. This book is not
intended to replace the regular classroom curriculum and is not comprehensive or
exhaustive. The lessons in this manual should be considered supplemental to what is
already being taught in the classroom and are geared to help fill the learning gaps of
struggling students whose weak phonics skills interfere with their ability to read fluently
which then negatively impacts their ability to comprehend written text. This intervention
is intended to strengthen skills through intensive exposure to basic phonological concepts
and each individual lesson should be taught to mastery. Using sorting, comparing and
contrasting activities, repetition, and drill and practice, this intervention can bring success
to those who otherwise would continue to fall through the cracks by helping build a strong
foundation on which higher levels of learning can occur.

316
PROGRESS MONITORING
As stated before, in order to ascertain whether or not the Sight Word Recognition
intervention in this manual is effective, data should be gathered on a bi-weekly basis (every
other week) through the progress monitoring assessments. As with the universal screening, the
student must complete the progress monitoring assessments without extra prompts or
assistance. All progress monitoring assessments can be scored directly on the corresponding
recording sheets provided to you in this manual. It is worthy to note that the universal
screening/baseline assessments are identical to the weekly progress monitoring assessments in
both format and structure. This gives the educator/assessor a simple way to collect data as
well as creates a format that is easy to read and analyze. Because of the continuity among the
assessments, the educator/assessor will essentially be comparing ‘oranges to oranges’ which
allows for a more accurate picture of how the student is progressing throughout the
intervention.

PROGRESS MONITORING DOCUMENTATION, GRAPH, AND DATA ANALYSIS For the


purpose of data analysis for the Sight Word Recognition intervention, a graph will be needed
to record the data from the universal screening/baseline assessment and each progress
monitoring assessment. Graphs are an easy-to-read ‘snap shot’ of how the student performs
each week and are an excellent tool to use when looking at overall progress and effectiveness
of an intervention. The data should be analyzed weekly rather than at the end of the 12 weeks
so that changes or adjustments to the intervention may be made DURING the 12 week period.
The graph below is an example of what an RTI intervention graph may look like after the 11th
week of the Sight Word Recognition intervention. Careful examination of the data collected
each week must occur (preferably in the context of a data analysis team) in order to adequately
assess the effectiveness of the intervention and to pinpoint areas of weakness. This on-going
weekly review of the data is crucial and should be the catalyst which drives future instruction
for the struggling student.

SAMPLE GRAPH FOR STUDENT ‘X’ :

Sight Word Recognition


250
Number of Sight Words Known

200
150
100
50
0

8/8/2011 8/19/2011 9/5/2011 9/19/2011 10/5/2011 10/19/2011


Student Score 32 47 59 72 89 102
Goal 220 220 220 220 220 220 220

317
What does the sample graph on the previous page tell us about Student ‘X’? According to the
universal screening/baseline assessment (given 8-8-11) the student recognized 32 out of the 220
sight words. This signifies that he/she lacks the ability to automatically recognize basic sight words
which most likely impacts his/her ability to read fluently or comprehend written text. After 10
weeks of the sight word intervention, Student ‘X’ has made steady progress but has yet to
recognize all 220 sight words. Additional time with the same intervention would be the logical
recommendation for this student until mastery of all words has been achieved.

SPECIAL NOTE:
Depending on the student’s needs, the goal score for each data point will need to be adjusted.
For example, a third grade student should have already mastered all 220 sight words by the end
of first grade. His/her data point goal score may be 220 each time a data point assessment is
given (as is illustrated in the graph on the previous page) whereas a first grader’s goal scores
may start small and incrementally increase with each data point. The goal line on the RTI graph is
intentionally left blank so that appropriate goals can be set to match the student’s needs.

318
Let’s Get Started!

To implement the Sight Word Recognition intervention in this manual, copy


the following pages for each student in the intervention group:

 Universal Screening Sight Word Recognition Assessment Recording Sheet (p. 320)
 Sight Word Recognition Student Assessment Sheet (p. 321)
 Progress Monitoring Data Point Sight Word Recognition Assessments (p. 322)
 RTI Graph Sight Word Recognition (p. 323)
 Sight Word Recognition Lesson Checklist (p. 324)
 Sight Word Recognition Mini-Assessments (pp. 325-326)
 Sight Word Cards (p. 353-374)

319
Universal Screening
Sight Word Recognition Assessment Teacher Recording Sheet
Student Name: _______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: _________
Have the student read from the Sight Word Student Assessment Sheet (going across each row) as you mark correct
responses on this data sheet. Place a √ under each word the student can confidently and accurately recognize. If a
student spends more than five seconds on a particular word, have him/her skip that one and move on to the next one. DO
NOT provide the student with the correct response. Stop the assessment after the student misses five words in a row.
Date: _____________
the to and a I you it in said for

up look is go we little down can see not

one my me big come blue red where jump away

here help make yellow two play run find three funny

he was that she on they but at with all

there out be have am do did what so get

like this will yes went are now no came ride

into good want too pretty four saw well ran brown

eat who new must black white soon our ate say

under please of his had him her some as then

could when were them ask an over just from any

how know put take every old by after think let

going walk again may stop fly round give once open

has live thank would very your its around don’t right

green their call sleep five wash or before been off

cold tell work first does goes write always made gave

us buy those use fast pull both sit which read

why found because best upon these sing wish many if

long about got six never seven eight today myself much

keep try start ten bring drink only better hold warm

full done light pick hurt cut kind fall carry small

own show hot far draw clean grow together shall laugh

Total # Correct: _____ (Total Possible = 220)

320
Sight Word Recognition
Student Assessment Sheet
Read Across To be used for the Universal Screening & all Progress Monitoring assessments

the to and a I you it in said for

up look is go we little down can see not

one my me big come blue red where jump away

here help make yellow two play run find three funny

he was that she on they but at with all

there out be have am do did what so get

like this will yes went are now no came ride

into good want too pretty four saw well ran brown

eat who new must black white soon our ate say

under please of his had him her some as then

could when were them ask an over just from any

how know put take every old by after think let

going walk again may stop fly round give once open

has live thank would very your its around don’t right

green their call sleep five wash or before been off

cold tell work first does goes write always made gave

us buy those use fast pull both sit which read

why found because best upon these sing wish many if

long about got six never seven eight today myself much

keep try start ten bring drink only better hold warm

full done light pick hurt cut kind fall carry small

own show hot far draw clean grow together shall laugh
321
Progress Monitoring
Sight Word Recognition Assessment Teacher Recording Sheet
Student Name: _______________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: _________
Have the student read from the Sight Word Student Assessment Sheet (going across each row) as you mark correct
responses on this data sheet. Place a √ under each word the student can confidently and accurately recognize. If a student
spends more than five seconds on a particular word, have him/her skip that one and move on to the next one. DO NOT
provide the student with the correct response. Stop the assessment after the student misses five words in a row.
Date: _____________
the to and a I you it in said for

up look is go we little down can see not

one my me big come blue red where jump away

here help make yellow two play run find three funny

he was that she on they but at with all

there out be have am do did what so get

like this will yes went are now no came ride

into good want too pretty four saw well ran brown

eat who new must black white soon our ate say

under please of his had him her some as then

could when were them ask an over just from any

how know put take every old by after think let

going walk again may stop fly round give once open

has live thank would very your its around don’t right

green their call sleep five wash or before been off

cold tell work first does goes write always made gave

us buy those use fast pull both sit which read

why found because best upon these sing wish many if

long about got six never seven eight today myself much

keep try start ten bring drink only better hold warm

full done light pick hurt cut kind fall carry small

own show hot far draw clean grow together shall laugh

Total # Correct: _____ (Total Possible = 220)


Make a total of 6 copies of this sheet (one for each Progress Monitoring Data Point Assessment)

322
RTI GRAPH
Sight Word Recognition
Student Name: ____________________________ Grade: ____ Teacher: ____________
On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) score and all data point (DP) scores for each
Sight Word Recognition Assessment.

Sight Word Recognition


220

210

200

190

180

170

160

150

140
Number of Words Known

130

120

110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6
Date
Student Score
Goal 220

323
Sight Word Recognition Lesson Checklist
Student Name: ______________________
Date(s) lesson Date lesson was
Name of Lesson was taught mastered
Lesson 1: Learning the sight words the, to, and, a, I, you, it, in,
said, for
Lesson 2: Learning the sight words up, look, is, go, we, little, down,
can, see, not
Lesson 3: Learning the sight words one, my, me, big, come, blue,
red, where, jump, away
Lesson 4: Learning the sight words here, help, make, yellow, two,
play, run, find, three, funny
Lesson 5: Learning the sight words he, was, that, she, on, they, but,
at, with, all
Lesson 6: Learning the sight words there, out, be, have, am, do, did,
what, so, get
Lesson 7: Learning the sight words like, this, will, yes, went, are,
now, no, came, ride
Lesson 8: Learning the sight words into, good, want, too, pretty,
four, saw, well, ran, brown
Lesson 9: Learning the sight words eat, who, new, must, black,
white, soon, our, ate, say, under, please
Lesson 10: Learning the sight words of, his, had, him, her, some, as,
then, could, when
Lesson 11: Learning the sight words were, them, ask, an, over, just,
from, any, how, know
Lesson 12: Learning the sight words put, take, every, old, by, after,
think, let, going, walk
Lesson 13: Learning the sight words again, may, stop, fly, round,
give, once, open, has, live, thank
Lesson 14: Learning the sight words would, very, your, its, around,
don’t, right, green, their, call
Lesson 15: Learning the sight words sleep, five, wash, or, before,
been, off, cold, tell, work
Lesson 16: Learning the sight words first, does, goes, write,
always, made, gave, us, buy, those
Lesson 17: Learning the sight words use, fast, pull, both, sit, which,
read, why, found, because
Lesson 18: Learning the sight words best, upon, these, sing, wish,
many
Lesson 19: Learning the sight words if, long, about, got, six, never,
seven, eight, today, myself
Lesson 20: Learning the sight words much, keep, try, start, ten,
bring, drink, only, better, hold
Lesson 21: Learning the sight words warm, full, done, light, pick,
hurt, cut, kind, fall, carry
Lesson 22: Learning the sight words small, own, show, hot, far,
draw, clean, grow, shall, laugh, together
324
Sight Word Recognition Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet (p. 1)
Student Name: __________________________________ Grade: ___ Teacher: __________
Lesson 1: Learning the sight words the, to, and, a, I, you, it, in, said, for
the to and a I you it in said for

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 2: Learning the sight words up, look, is, go, we, little, down, can, see, not
up look is go we little down can see not

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 3: Learning the sight words one, my, me, big, come, blue, red, where, jump, away
one my me big come blue red where jump away

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 4: Learning the sight words here, help, make, yellow, two, play, run, find, three, funny
here help make yellow two play run find three funny

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 5: Learning the sight words he, was, that, she, on, they, but, at, with, all
he was that she on they but at with all

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 6: Learning the sight words there, out, be, have, am, do, did, what, so, get
there out be have am do did what so get

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 7: Learning the sight words like, this, will, yes, went, are, now, no, came, ride
like this will yes went are now no came ride

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 8: Learning the sight words into, good, want, too, pretty, four, saw, well, ran, brown
into good want too pretty four saw well ran brown

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 9: Learning the sight words eat, who, new, must, black, white, soon, our, ate, say, under, please
eat who new must black white soon our ate say under please

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 10: Learning the sight words of, his, had, him, her, some, as, then, could, when
of his had him her some as the could when

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 11: Learning the sight words were, them, ask, an, over, just, from, any, how, know
were them ask an over just from any how know

Date Mastered __________________

325
Sight Word Recognition Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet (p. 2)
Student Name: __________________________________ Grade: ___ Teacher: __________
Lesson 12: Learning the sight words put, take, every, old, by, after, think, let, going, walk
put take every old by after think let going walk

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 13: Learning the sight words again, may, stop, fly, round, give, once, open, has, live, thank
again may stop fly round give once open has live thank

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 14: would, very, your, its, around, don’t, right, green, their, call
would very your its around don’t right green their call

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 15: Learning the sight words sleep, five, wash, or, before, been, off, cold, tell, work
sleep five wash or before been off cold tell work

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 16: Learning the sight words first, does, goes, write, always, made, gave, us, buy, those
first does goes write always made gave us buy those

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 17: Learning the sight words use, fast, pull, both, sit, which, read, why, found, because
use fast pull both sit which read why found because

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 18: best, upon, these, sing, wish, many
best upon these sing wish many

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 19: Learning the sight words if, long, about, got, six, never, seven, eight, today, myself
if long about got six never seven eight today myself

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 20: Learning the sight words much, keep, try, start, ten, bring, drink, only, better, hold
much keep try start ten bring drink only better hold

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 21: Learning the sight words warm, full, done, light, pick, hurt cut, kind, fall, carry
warm full done light pick hurt cut kind fall carry

Date Mastered __________________


Lesson 22: Learning the sight words small, own, show, hot, far, draw, clean, grow, shall, laugh, together
small own show hot far draw clean grow shall laugh together

Date Mastered __________________

326
Sight Word Recognition
Intervention Lessons

Use the following 22 lessons to guide you


through the sight word recognition
intervention. Remember, the intervention is
individualized to the student’s needs and must
be implemented at the student’s pace. Don’t
move to a new lesson until mastery of the
current lesson is achieved. Teaching to
MASTERY is the goal.

To determine whether or not mastery of each


lesson has been achieved, use the ‘Sight Word
Recognition Mini-Assessments Recording
Sheets’ (pages 325-326) to measure the
student’s proficiency before beginning a new
lesson.

327
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 1

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words the, to, and, a, I, you, it, in, said, for

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns ten sight words using the game
‘Concentration’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


STEP ONE: Introduce the ten new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word Concentration’:

Sight Word Concentration: You will need two sets of cards for this game. Take the ten
sight words for this lesson out of both decks. Mix them up and place them on the floor or
table face down in front of the student. Have the student(s) take turns flipping two cards
over to see if they match. The student MUST read the two cards he/she turns over aloud.
If the two cards match, the student must use the word in a sentence to keep the cards.
Continue until all cards have been matched.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

328
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 2

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words up, look, is, go, we, little, down, can, see, not

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns ten more sight words using the activity
‘Sight Word Bean Bag Toss’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the ten new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word Bean Bag Toss’:

Sight Word Bean Bag Toss: Place all of the focus sight word cards on the floor in front
of the student face up. Space them out so that there is about a foot between each card.
Give the student a bean bag to toss onto a word. The student reads the word the bean bag
lands on (or near). Add previously learned sight words to those already on the floor to
increase the difficulty of the lesson.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

329
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 3

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words one, my, me, big, come, blue, red, where, jump, away

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns ten more sight words using the activity
‘Sight Word Swat’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the ten new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word Swat’:

Sight Word Swat: Tape all of the focus sight word cards on the board (or wall) and give
the student a fly swatter. The student swats the card called out by the teacher. The
student must also repeat and read the word as he/she swats it. Add previously learned
sight words to those already on the board (or wall) to increase the difficulty of the lesson.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

330
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 4

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words here, help, make, yellow, two, play, run, find, three, funny

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns ten more sight words using the activity
‘Sight Word Bingo’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the ten new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word Bingo’:

Sight Word Bingo: Using one of the templates on the next page, have the student choose
eight or sixteen sight words from this lesson AND from previous lessons to write on the
bingo card (the template). Play the game by calling out a sight word and having the student
place a marker over the word called. This is a good game to play when students are FIRST
introduced to the words to help them recognize them after hearing them read orally. The
student says “BINGO” when he/she fills up the ENTIRE card. When checking after
BINGO is called, make the student say each word on his card and have him/her find the
flashcard that matches it.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

331
Sight Word Bingo Templates
8 word card

16 word card

332
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 5

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words he, was, that, she, on, they, but, at, with, all

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns ten more sight words using the activity
‘Sight Word Direction Game’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the ten new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word Direction Game’:

Sight Word Direction Game: Place all of the focus sight word cards on the floor. Give the
student(s) oral directions focusing on the sight words. Examples: “Go stand next to the
word _________.”, “Hop over the word _________.”, “Pick up the words __________
and _________.”, “Point to the word that is a color word.”, “Point to the word that is the
opposite of big.”, “Find a word that starts with the same letter that begins the word fish.”,
etc. Make sure the student reads the word each time. Add previously learned sight words
to those already on the floor to increase the difficulty of the lesson.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

333
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 6

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words there, out, be, have, am, do, did, what, so, get

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns ten more sight words using the game ‘Sight
Word ‘Mother May I?’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the ten new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word ‘Mother May I?’:

Sight Word ‘Mother May I?’: Place all of the focus sight word cards in various places on the
floor. Play the traditional game “Mother May I?” using sight words. Give directions such as
“Read three sight words and then take three steps forward” or “Walk to the number word”.
The student must say “Mother May I?” before he/she takes action. If he/she forgets to say
“Mother May I” he/she must go back to the starting position. Make sure the student also
reads the words throughout the game. You can add previously learned sight words to those
already on the floor to increase the difficulty of the lesson.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

334
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 7

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words like, this, will, yes, went, are, now, no, came, ride

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns ten more sight words using the game ‘Sight
Word ‘Can You Read My Mind?’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the ten new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word ‘Can You Read My Mind?’:

Sight Word ‘Can You Read My Mind?’: Display all of the focus sight word cards on the
board, table, floor, etc. and give the students clues as to which word you are thinking of.
When the student guesses the correct word he/she gets to keep the card. Examples: “I’m
thinking of a word with three letters that is the opposite of the word ‘little’.” “I’m thinking of
a word that has two syllables.”, “I’m thinking of a word with a short ‘e’ sound.” Incrementally
add previously learned sight words to increase the difficulty of the lesson.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

335
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 8

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words into, good, want, too, pretty, four, saw, well, ran, brown

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns ten more sight words using the game ‘Sight
Word Tic Tac Toe’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the ten new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word Tic Tac Toe’:

Sight Word ‘Tic Tac Toe’: This game can be played between two students or a student and a
teacher. For a game between two students, use the lesson’s target words (flashcards) as a pile
for the students to draw from. Begin by drawing a tic tac toe board on a sheet of paper (or
white board or chalkboard). Assign one student an ‘X’ and the other student an ‘O’. Have
students take turns drawing cards from the draw pile (cards are face down). If the student
can read the sight word then he/she can place a mark on the tic tac toe board, if not he/she
loses a turn. Continue in like manner until one of the two students achieves 3 marks in a row or
a tie is declared. For a game between a student and a teacher, have the student draw from
the pile for each turn. If he/she knows the word then he/she can place a mark on the tic tac
toe board. If he/she does not know the word then the teacher places a mark on the board.
Continue until one of the two achieves 3 marks in a row or a tie is declared. Play multiple
games to improve mastery of the target words. Add previously learned words to the pile to
increase the difficulty of the lesson.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

336
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 9

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words eat, who, new, must, black, white, soon, our, ate, say,
under, please

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns twelve more sight words using the game
‘Sight Word Go Fish’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the twelve new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the
word. Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the
words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word Go Fish’:

Sight Word Go Fish: Using two sets of target sight word cards, mix them up and pass five
cards to each player. Each player holds the cards before him/her making sure no one else can
see the cards. Place the remaining cards face down between the players. The game begins
when one student asks another if he/she has a certain sight word card. For example: “Do you
have the sight word ‘must’?” or “Do you have the sight word ‘soon’?” If the other student has
the card he/she must hand it over to the student who asked for it. The asking student
continues asking for cards until he/she is told “Go Fish” which signifies that the other student
doesn’t have a particular card. Whenever a student has two of the same card he/she lays
them face up in front of him/her and states the word. Continue playing until all cards have
been played. The player with the most matches wins the game. Add previously learned sight
word cards to the pile to increase the difficulty of the lesson.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

337
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 10

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words of, his, had, him, her, some, as, then, could, when

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns ten more sight words using the game ‘Sight
Word BOOM’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the ten new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word BOOM’:

Sight Word BOOM: This game requires at least one set of target sight word cards and three
‘BOOM’ cards (provided on the next page). Mix all of the cards and place them face down in
one stack in front of the players. Each player takes turns selecting the top card from the
stack and saying the name of the word. If the student can identify the word he/she can keep
the card. If the student does not know the word he places it face down on the bottom of the
stack. If a student selects one of the three ‘BOOM’ cards, he/she loses all of his/her cards
and must start over with collecting new cards. The student must mix up his/her cards
(including the ‘BOOM’ card) and places them face down on the bottom of the stack. The
person with the most cards at the end of the game wins. Add previously learned sight word
cards to the stack to increase the difficulty of the lesson.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

338
BOOM
BOOM
BOOM

339
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 11

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words were, them, ask, an, over, just, from, any, how, know

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns ten more sight words using the game ‘Sight
Word Hangman’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the ten new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word Hangman’:

Sight Word Hangman: Using a piece of paper, white board, or chalkboard, draw lines to
represent the letters in a particular target sight word. Also draw a simple hangman box to
keep up with the number of guesses the student makes. Allow the student six chances (head,
body, 2 arms and 2 legs) to guess the sight word. You can decide whether or not the target
words are displayed depending on the level of the student. If the student guesses correctly,
have him/her find the card with the word on it and use the word in a sentence. If he/she does
not guess the correct word, fill in the blank spaces until he/she recognizes it. Play multiple
games and add previously learned words to increase the difficulty of the lesson.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

340
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 12

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words put, take, every, old, by, after, think, let, going, walk

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns ten more sight words using the game ‘Sight
Word Old Maid’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the ten new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word Old Maid’:

Sight Word Old Maid: You will need two sets of target sight word cards as well as one ‘Old
Maid’ Card (provided below) for this game. Shuffle all of the cards and pass them out until
none remain. Begin by having all players lay down pairs of word cards from their hand and have
them state the words as well as use them in sentences. Then have each player take turns
pulling a card from the player to his/her left (or right, or across). If he/she pulls a card that
is a match to one of his/her cards then he/she will lay the pair down, state the word, and use
it in a sentence. If he/she pulls the Old Maid card he/she must keep it and hope that someone
else will choose it in a subsequent turn. The winner of the game is the first person to ‘go out’
meaning that he/she has no cards and only pairs in front of him/her. The loser is the player
left with the Old Maid card. Add previously learned words to increase the difficulty of the
lesson.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

Old Maid
341
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 13
Lesson Name: Learning the sight words again, may, stop, fly, round, give, once, open, has, live,
thank

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns eleven more sight words using the game
‘Sight Word Connect Four’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the eleven new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the
word. Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the
words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word Connect Four’:

Sight Word Connect Four: This game is very similar to tic tac toe and can be played between
two students or a student and a teacher. For a game between two students, use the lesson’s
target words (flashcards) as a pile for the students to draw from. Begin by drawing a 4 x 4
Connect Four board on a sheet of paper, white board, or chalkboard (see the following page
for an example). Assign one student an ‘X’ and the other student an ‘O’. Have students take
turns drawing cards from the draw pile (cards are face down). If the student can read the
sight word then he/she can place a mark on the Connect Four board, if not he/she loses a
turn. Continue in like manner until one of the two students achieves 4 marks in a row or a tie is
declared. For a game between a student and a teacher, have the student draw from the pile
for each turn. If he/she knows the word then he/she can place a mark on the Connect Four
board. If he/she does not know the word then the teacher places a mark on the board.
Continue until one of the two achieves 4 marks in a row or a tie is declared. Play multiple
games to improve mastery of the target words. Add previously learned words to the pile to
increase the difficulty of the lesson.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

342
Connect Four

343
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 14

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words would, very, your, its, around, don’t, right, green, their,
call

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns ten more sight words using the game ‘Sight
Word Fill-in-the-Blank’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the ten new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word Fill in the Blank’:

Sight Word Fill-in-the-Blank: Display all ten of the target flashcards on a table in front of
the student. State an appropriate sentence for one of the sight words but instead of saying
the actual word say “blank”. The student must find the sight word card that would fit in the
blank. If the student chooses correctly he/she can keep the card. If not, have him/her
continue guessing until the correct word is found but he/she cannot keep the card. Once the
student has chosen the correct card, have him/her state the word and use it in a different
sentence than the one just presented. Continue in like manner until all cards are gone. Display
previously learned words to increase the difficulty of the lesson.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

344
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 15

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words sleep, five, wash, or, before, been, off, cold, tell, work

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns ten more sight words using the game ‘Sight
Word I Spy’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the ten new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word I Spy’:

Sight Word I Spy: Display all ten of the target flashcards on a table in front of the student.
Choose a sight word and say; “I spy with my little eye, a word that _______” and give a clue
for the word. For example; “I spy with my little eye, a word that is a number word” [five] or “I
spy with my little eye, a word that has one syllable, begins with a vowel, and has two identical
consonants” [off]. Continue in like manner until the student is able to ‘spy’ all of the words. For
a more advanced student, have him/her provide you with an ‘I Spy’ sentence and you guess a
word. Also add previously learned words to increase the difficulty of the lesson.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

345
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 16

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words first, does, goes, write, always, made, gave, us, buy, those

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns ten more sight words using the game ‘Sight
Word Simon Says’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the ten new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word Simon Says’:

Sight Word Simon Says: Display all ten of the target flashcards on a table, a chart, the
floor, or a chalkboard in front of the student. Explain to the student(s) that in order to follow
a direction that he/she must first hear “Simon Says …” before acting. Begin the game by
giving random directions (jump, stand, sit, clap, etc.) with and without the “Simon Says”
before the directive. Begin to include directions relating to the displayed sight words. For
example; “Simon Says to pick up the sight word card ‘gave’ and turn it face down,” or “Touch
the word ‘write’ with your left thumb.” If the student acts incorrectly or without the
directive “Simon Says” then he/she is to sit down and is out of the game. If he/she is the only
student playing then he/she earns points for each correct response. For each incorrect
response, the teacher receives a point. The winner is the person who is first to reach 10
points. Add previously learned words to the display of word cards to increase the difficulty of
the lesson.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

346
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 17

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words use, fast, pull, both, sit, which, read, why, found, because

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns ten more sight words using the game
‘Alphabetical Sight Words’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the ten new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Alphabetical Sight Words’:

Alphabetical Sight Words: Display all ten of the target flashcards on a table in front of the
student. Explain that he/she will put the words in alphabetical order and that he/she will have
one minute to do so. Review what alphabetical order (ABC order) means. Also explain that
when two words begin with the same first letter that you look at the second letter (or third
or fourth depending on the words) to determine where it should be placed in the order. Use a
timer to time the student for one minute. If the student is not able to complete the task in
one minute then take away the timer and just focus on placing the words in the correct order.
Once the words are in order, have the student read them going down the list and up the list.
Play additional rounds with ten random sight word cards from those previously learned or
increase the amount of words to put in alphabetical order.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

347
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 18

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words best, upon, these, sing, wish, many

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns six more sight words using the game ‘Sight
Word Flash 36’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the six new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word Flash 36’:

Sight Word Flash: Place the six sight word cards in a stack and flip them over for the
student to read. Have the student say the words as fast as he/she can. Add increments of 10
previously learned word cards to the stack until a total of 36 cards are in the stack. Use a
stop watch or a timer to time how fast the student can read all 36 words. Mix the cards up
and have the student reread them to see if he can beat his/her original time. In subsequent
rounds, interchange previously learned sight word cards to increase the difficulty of the
lesson.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

348
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 19

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words if, long, about, got, six, never, seven, eight, today, myself

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns ten more sight words using the game ‘Sight
Word Bingo 36’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the ten new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word Bingo 36’:

Sight Word Bingo 36: Using the template on the next page, have the student choose a
total of 36 sight words including the 10 target words for this lesson and 26 previously
learned words. Have him/her write the 36 words in random order on the template. Play the
game by calling out a random sight word from the entire stack of word cards and having
the student place a marker over the word called (if the word is one of those on his card).
The student says “BINGO” when he/she fills up the ENTIRE card of 36 boxes. When
checking after BINGO is called, make the student say each word on his card and have
him/her find the flashcard that matches it.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

349
Sight Word Bingo 36 Template

350
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 20

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words much, keep, try, start, ten, bring, drink, only, better, hold

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns ten more sight words using the game ‘Sight
Word Concentration 20’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the ten new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word Concentration 20’:

Sight Word Concentration 20: You will need two sets of cards for this game. Take the ten
sight words for this lesson out of both decks as well as ten previously learned words. Mix
them up and place them on the floor or table face down in front of the student in four
rows of ten cards (there will be a total of 40 cards representing 20 pairs). Have the
student(s) take turns flipping two cards over to see if they match. The student MUST
read the two cards he/she turns over aloud. If the two cards match, the student must use
the word in a sentence to keep the cards. Continue until all 20 pairs have been found.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

351
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 21

Lesson Name: Learning the sight words warm, full, done, light, pick, hurt, cut, kind, fall, carry

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns ten more sight words using the activity
‘Sight Word Sentences’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the ten new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the word.
Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the activity ‘Sight Word Sentences’:

Sight Word Sentences: You will need the ten target words from this lesson as well as ten
to twenty previously learned ‘essential’ word cards that will enable the student to create
logical sentences. The ‘essential’ words would include words such as pronouns (he, she, it,
they, etc.), verbs (walk, run, ran, jump), adjectives (red, blue, eight, pretty, kind), and
connecting words (will, and, to, the, together, etc.). You can create extra cards with
common nouns (objects, animals, etc.) to make the sentences more interesting to the
student. Have the student use the cards to create sentences and have him/her read them
aloud. Continue in like fashion until the student has created at least ten separate
sentences. The cards that he/she uses can be reused in new sentences.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

352
Sight Word Recognition: Lesson 22
Lesson Name: small, own, show, hot, far, draw, clean, grow, shall, laugh, together

Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns the last eleven of the 220 Dolch sight words
using the game ‘Sight Word War’.

Procedures for Implementing the Activity:


Before introducing new sight words to the student, review previously learned sight words with a
quick flashcard assessment. If the student misses any words, go back and reteach.

STEP ONE: Introduce the eleven new sight words by showing each flashcard and stating the
word. Have student repeat each word. Repeat this step until student becomes familiar with the
words.

STEP TWO: Follow the directions below for the game ‘Sight Word War’:

Sight Word War: Each player will need a complete set of 220 sight word cards for this game.
Each player will shuffle his/her cards and place them face down on the table or floor.
Simultaneously, each player will flip over the top card in his/her stack to reveal the sight
word. The person who has the word with the most syllables wins and takes the other person’s
card(s). If both cards have the same number of syllables then WAR is declared. Both you and
the student count out 3 cards (W-A-R) and then flip over a 4th card. The card with the most
syllables wins. If a tie occurs yet again, continue going to WAR until a winning card is revealed.
Make sure the student says the name all sight word cards that are revealed. You may also use
other criteria to specify a winning card. For example, cards that begin with consonants win
over cards that begin with a vowel or a word that begins with a letter found last in
alphabetical order wins over the other (‘should’ wins over ‘her’) or vice versa.

STEP THREE: Conclude lesson by drilling the student using flashcards. Continue drilling until the
student can automatically say each word over several repetitions.

STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been
achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the ‘Sight Word Recognition
Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet’. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next
lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been
obtained.

TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL

THIS CONCLUDES THE SIGHT WORD RECOGNITION INTERVENTION

353
354
Sight Word Cards

the to
and a
I you
it in
said for
355
up look
is go
we little
down can
see not
356
one my
me big
come blue
red where
jump away
357
here help
make yellow
two play
run find
three funny
358
he was
that she
on they
but at
with all
359
there out
be have
am do
did what
so get
360
like this
will yes
went are
now no
came ride
361
into good
want too
pretty four
saw well
ran brown
362
eat who
new must
black white
soon our
ate say
363
under please
of his
had him
her some
as then
364
could when
were them
ask an
over just
from any
365
how know
put take
every old
by after
think let
366
going walk
again may
stop fly
round give
once open
367
has live
thank would
very your
its around
don’t right
368
green their
call sleep
five wash
or before

been off
369
cold tell
work first
does goes
write always
made gave
370
us buy
those use
fast pull
both sit
which read
371
why found
because best
upon these
sing wish
many if
372
long about
got six
never seven
eight today
myself much
373
keep try
start ten
bring drink
only better
hold warm
374
full done
light pick
hurt cut
kind fall
carry small
375
own show
hot far
draw clean
grow together

shall laugh
376

You might also like